-
41 stand
stænd 1. past tense, past participle - stood; verb1) (to be in an upright position, not sitting or lying: His leg was so painful that he could hardly stand; After the storm, few trees were left standing.) stå (igjen)2) ((often with up) to rise to the feet: He pushed back his chair and stood up; Some people like to stand (up) when the National Anthem is played.) reise seg3) (to remain motionless: The train stood for an hour outside Newcastle.) stå stille4) (to remain unchanged: This law still stands.) stå ved makt, gjelde5) (to be in or have a particular place: There is now a factory where our house once stood.) stå, ligge, sitte6) (to be in a particular state, condition or situation: As matters stand, we can do nothing to help; How do you stand financially?) stå7) (to accept or offer oneself for a particular position etc: He is standing as Parliamentary candidate for our district.) stille som kandidat, stille seg8) (to put in a particular position, especially upright: He picked up the fallen chair and stood it beside the table.) sette, legge, stille9) (to undergo or endure: He will stand (his) trial for murder; I can't stand her rudeness any longer.) underkaste seg, stå for retten; utstå, tåle, orke10) (to pay for (a meal etc) for (a person): Let me stand you a drink!) spandere, rive i (en runde)2. noun1) (a position or place in which to stand ready to fight etc, or an act of fighting etc: The guard took up his stand at the gate; I shall make a stand for what I believe is right.) stilling; det å stå fram/markere seg2) (an object, especially a piece of furniture, for holding or supporting something: a coat-stand; The sculpture had been removed from its stand for cleaning.) stativ3) (a stall where goods are displayed for sale or advertisement.) salgsbod, stand4) (a large structure beside a football pitch, race course etc with rows of seats for spectators: The stand was crowded.) tribune5) ((American) a witness box in a law court.) vitneboks•- standing 3. noun1) (time of lasting: an agreement of long standing.) mangeårig, vedvarende (avtale/vennskap)2) (rank or reputation: a diplomat of high standing.) høy stilling; godt omdømme•- stand-by4. adjective((of an airline passenger or ticket) costing or paying less than the usual fare, as the passenger does not book a seat for a particular flight, but waits for the first available seat.) sjansebillett5. adverb(travelling in this way: It costs a lot less to travel stand-by.) med/på sjansebillett- stand-in- standing-room
- make someone's hair stand on end
- stand aside
- stand back
- stand by
- stand down
- stand fast/firm
- stand for
- stand in
- stand on one's own two feet
- stand on one's own feet
- stand out
- stand over
- stand up for
- stand up tobod--------bås--------sokkel--------stand--------standpunkt--------ståIsubst. \/stænd\/1) plass, stilling, oppstilling, posisjon, post (ved jakt)2) ( overført) holdning, standpunkt3) (forsøk på) motstand, forsvar4) stans, holdt5) ( lagringsplass) stativ, hylle, holder6) stand (f.eks. på messe), bod, kiosk, salgsplass, torgplass7) tribune8) scene, podium, estrade9) (hverdagslig, om omreisende teater e.l.) opphold, stoppested (der man har forestilling)10) ( om planter eller trær) bestandbe at a stand stå stillebring to a stand stanse, stoppe, staggecome to a stand stanse(s), stoppe(s)make a stand vise hvor man står, tone flagg, gjøre motstand, ta opp kampen, forsvare segstand of arms ( om soldat) våpenutrustningtake a stand vise hvor man står, tone flagg, ta standpunkt, ta stillingtake one's stand stille seg, ta oppstillingta stilling, ta standpunkt( jakt) stille seg på posttake the stand eller take the witness stand avlegge vitneforklaring, ta plass i vitneboksenwinner's stand ( ved konkurranse) seierspallII1) stå, stå oppreist2) reise seg (opp), stå opp3) stille (opp), reise (opp), sette, plassere• if you're naughty, you'll be stood in the corner4) ( om beliggenhet) ligge, være5) stå ved lag, stå fast, stå ved makt6) holde stand, stå seg7) møte, støte på, motstå, gjennomgå8) utstå, tåle, fordra, finne seg i9) måle, være11) spandere, rive i12) stå som, værestand about stå og henge, henge rundtstand again ( politikk) stille til gjenvalgstand alone stå alene (uten venner e.l.) stå i en klasse for seg, være eneståendestand apart stå et stykke unna, holde seg på avstand stå utenfor, holde seg passiv ikke være som (alle) andre være i en klasse for segstand around ( hverdagslig) stå og henge, henge rundtstand aside forholde seg passiv, (bare) stå og se på gå til side, gå ut av veien trekke segstand at være, ligge påstand away holde seg unna, tre til side ( sjøfart) holde bort, holde unnastand back trekke seg bakover, trekke seg tilbake, trekke seg unna ligge tilbaketrukketstand by holde seg i beredskap, stå klar, stå parat, være for håndenbare stå og se på, bare stå der, forholde seg passiv• how can you stand by and let him ruin himself?bistå, støtte, holde medstå (fast) ved, stå forstand down gå av, trekke seg (tilbake), trekke sitt kandidatur( på arbeidsplass) permittere (britisk, jus) forlate vitneboksen (jus, om sak) utsettes ( parlamentarisk) frafalle ordet ( militærvesen) gå av vakt, hvile etter beredskap ( sjøfart) seile med vinden, seile med strømmenstand easy! ( militærvesen) på stedet hvil!, hvil!stand firm stå fast, ha en fast holdningstand for stå for, bety, representere, symbolisere• what do these initials stand for?tjene som, gjøre tjeneste somkjempe for, være tilhenger avvære kandidat til, stille til valg ved( hverdagslig) tolerere, finne seg istand for oneself stå på egne ben, klare seg (selv), være i stand til å forsvare segstand forward tre frem, stige fremstand good stå fast, være gyldig, gjelde fortsattstand good in law være lovgyldigstand high ( også overført) stå høyt i kursstand in være stand-in, vikariere• will you stand in for me tomorrow?( sjøfart) stå innover, styre mot landstand in with (amer., hverdagslig) stå på god fot med, stå seg godt med slutte seg til, støtte, hjelpe, gjøre felles sak medstand off holde seg på avstand, holde seg i bakgrunnen, holde seg unna trekke seg (unna) ( sjøfart) stå utover ( britisk) permittere, si opp midlertidigstand off and on ( sjøfart) krysse (nær land), ligge og doggestand (up)on holde på, holde fast vedbygge på, være basert på, hvile på, bero på( sjøfart) holde samme kursstand out skille seg ut, stikke seg ut, avtegne segstå ut, stikke ututmerke seg( sjøfart) stå utstand out against avtegne seg mot holde stand mot, gjøre motstand motstand out for krevestand over stå over, passe på• unless I stand over him, he will make mistakeshvis jeg ikke står over ham, kommer han til å gjøre feilintimidere, skremme, true (la) utstå, utsette(s)stand someone up la være å møte noen (som avtalt)stand still stå stille, stå i rostand still for (amer.) tålestand to ( militærvesen) stå i alarmberedskap (spesielt før daggry eller etter mørkets frembrudd) ( om å vinne eller tape) risikere, (kanskje) komme til åstand under ( sjøfart) gå for seilstand up reise seg (opp), stå (opp)stå (oppreist), stå på beina, holde seg på beinaholde, varestand up for ta i forsvar, forsvare, kjempe for, støtte, ta parti forstand up to motsi, ta til motmæle, konfrontere tåle, motståstand up with danse med være forlover forstand well with stå høyt i gunst hos -
42 de
prep.1 of.el coche de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' cares de ella it's hersla pata de la mesa the table legLa casa de mi padre The house of my father [My father's house]2 from (procedencia, distancia).salir de casa to leave homesoy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbaode la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 meters from the beach to the apartment3 (made) of (materia).un vaso de plástico a plastic cupun reloj de oro a gold watch4 about (asunto).hablábamos de ti we were talking about youlibros de historia history books5 as.trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman6 from (time) (since).trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to fivede madrugada early in the morninga las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoontrabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day7 with (causa, modo).morirse de hambre to die of hungerllorar de alegría to cry with joyde una patada with a kickde una sola vez in one gode tres en tres three at a time8 if.de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sundayde no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it9 to.Está ansiosa de obtener ese trabajo She is anxious to have that job.f.1 letter d.2 SD, standard deviation.3 ED, dose of erythema, erythema dose.* * *de————————de1 (posesión, pertenencia) of2 (procedencia, origen) from3 (descripción) with■ la niña de ojos castaños the girl with dark eyes, the dark-eyed girl4 (tema) of, on, about5 (materia) made of, of6 (contenido) of7 (uso) for8 (oficio) by, as9 (modo) on, in, as10 (tiempo) at, by, in■ de día by day, during the day12 (precio) at13 (medida) measuring14 (causa) with, because of, of15 (agente) by16 (con superlativo) in, of17 (suposición) if18 (en una aposición) of* * *prep.1) of2) from3) in, at4) than5) by* * *PREPOSITION1) [relación] ofla carretera de Valencia — the Valencia road, the road to Valencia
2) [pertenencia]la señora de Pérez — Pérez's wife, Mrs Pérez
3) [característica, material]este modelo es de electricidad — this model uses electricity, this is an electric model
ese tío del sombrero — that chap with o in the hat
4) [contenido]una copa de vino — [llena] a glass of wine; [vacía] a wine glass
5) [origen, distancia, espacio temporal] fromde... a...los de Madrid son los mejores — the ones from Madrid are the best, the Madrid ones are the best
6) [causa]7) [manera]de... en...8) (=respecto de)estar mejor de salud — to be in better health, be better
9) [tema] aboutun libro de biología — a biology book, a book on o about biology
10) [uso]11) [cantidad, medida, valor]12) [con horas y fechas]a las siete de la mañana — at seven o'clock in the morning, at seven a.m.
son las dos de la tarde — it's two o'clock in the afternoon, it's two p.m.
el 3 de mayo — 3 May ( leído May the third {o}2} the third of May)
13) [tiempo]14) [proporción]15) [uso partitivo] of¡había una de gente! — * there were loads of people there! *
16) [autoría] byun libro de Cela — a book by Cela, a book of Cela's
17) [como complemento agente] byel rey entró seguido de su séquito — the king entered, followed by his entourage
18) [en aposición a sustantivos o adjetivos]el bueno/pobre de Pedro — good/poor old Pedro
19) [en comparaciones] thanmás/menos de siete — more/less than seven
más de 500 personas — more than o over 500 people
20) [con superlativos] inel más caro de la tienda/mundo — the most expensive in the shop/world
21) + infinser de ({+ infin}8})sería de desear que actualizaran su información — it would be desirable for them to update their information
22) [dependiente de formas verbales]de esto se deduce que... — from this it can be deduced that...
¿qué esperabas de él? — what did you expect from him?
se sirvió de sus amigos para salir de un mal trago — he turned to his friends to help him through a difficult patch
23) [uso condicional] ifde haberlo sabido no habría venido — if I had known, I wouldn't have come
de no ser así — if it were not so, were it not so
* * *I1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house
no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs
su padre de usted — (frml) your father
es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family
2)a) ( introduciendo un nombre en aposición) ofb) ( con apellidos)[de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena
los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz
las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)
c) ( en exclamaciones)ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)
3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) fromes de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá
la literatura de ese período — the literature of o from that period
de... a... — from... to...
4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection
5) (expresando causa, modo)de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time
de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one
6)a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?
la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat
b) ( refiriéndose a una etapa en la vida) as7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?
8)a) (al definir, especificar)¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?
es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce
b) ( sentido partitivo) of¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?
9) ( con sentido ponderativo)lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!
qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!
10)a) ( con cifras)pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%
b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) thancuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100
pesa menos de un kilo — it weighs less than o under a kilo
un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29
c) ( con un superlativo)12) ( en calidad de) as13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party
14) ( en oraciones pasivas) by15) ( con sentido condicional)a)de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered
b)ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)
IIes de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...
* * *= across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.Ex. This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.Ex. The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.Ex. These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.Ex. Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.Ex. However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.Ex. From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.Ex. The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.----* abogado de oficio = legal aid.* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.* alabanza de boquilla = lip service.* alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.* autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].* cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.* comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.* de... a = through.* de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.* de abolengo = well-born.* de abordo = in-flight.* de absorción = absorptive.* de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.* de acceso público = publicly accessible.* de acceso rápido = fast-access.* de acceso restringido = closed access.* de acción = action-centered.* de acompañante = in tow.* de actitud = attitudinal.* de actuación = for action.* de actualidad = topical.* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.* de acuerdo a = according to.* de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.* de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.* de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de adaptación = adaptive.* de †frica = African.* de Africa occidental = West African.* de agua = water-based.* de aguas profundas = deep-sea.* de ahí = therefrom.* de ahí que = hence.* de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.* de Alaska = Alaskan.* de Albania = Albanian.* de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].* de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].* de alcohol = spirit-based.* de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.* de alguna otra forma = in any other way.* de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.* de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.* de algún modo u otro = of some sort.* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.* de algún tipo = of some description.* de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.* de alta alcurnia = well-born.* de alta cuna = well-born.* de alta densidad = high-density.* de alta energía = high energy.* de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.* de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.* de alta potencia = high power.* de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.* de alta productividad = high-performance.* de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.* de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.* de alta tensión = heavy-current.* de alta velocidad = high-speed.* de alto abolengo = well-born.* de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.* de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.* de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.* de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.* de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.* de alto voltaje = high-voltage.* de altura = high, top-notch.* de altura regulable = height-adjustable.* de aluvión = alluvial.* de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].* de amplio alcance = broad in scope.* de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.* de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.* de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].* de antigua generación = low-end.* de antiguo = from time immemorial.* de apariencia = cosmetic.* de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.* de aplicación específica = special-purpose.* de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.* de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.* de apoyo = enabling, supportive.* de aprovechamiento = exploitative.* de aquel entonces = of that day.* de aquí para allá = back and forth.* de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.* de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.* de archivo = archival, archive.* de armas tomar = redoubtable.* de arranque = bootable.* de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.* de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.* de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.* de asesoramiento = consultative.* de aspecto = looking.* de aspecto antiguo = old-face.* de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.* de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.* de aspecto digno = dignified.* de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.* de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.* de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.* de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.* de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.* de aspecto solemne = dignified.* de atención básica = preattentive.* de atención primaria = preattentive.* de atrás = rear.* de atrás para adelante = back and forth.* de aupa = royal.* de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.* de autogestión = self-managing.* de autoprotección = self-protective.* de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.* de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].* de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].* de baja ralea = ignoble.* de bajísima calidad = shoddy.* de bajo consumo = low energy.* de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.* de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.* de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.* de bajo precio = low-priced.* de bajo riesgo = low-risk.* de balde = for free.* de barrio = neighbourhood-based.* de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].* de bienvenida = salutatory.* de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.* de bodas = bridal.* de Boole = Boolean.* de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.* de broma = humorously, teasingly.* de bronce = brass.* de buena calidad = good-quality.* de buena disposición = good-natured.* de buena fama = of good repute.* de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.* de buena reputación = of good repute.* de buenas = on good terms.* de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.* de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].* de buena voluntad = in good faith.* de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.* de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.* de buen gusto = tasteful.* de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.* de buenos modales = well-mannered.* de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].* de buen ver = good looking.* de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.* de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.* de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.* de cachondeo = teasingly.* de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].* de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.* de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.* de cajón = no-brainer.* de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.* de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.* de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.* de camino = on the way, while we're at it.* de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.* de campo = free-range.* de campos fijos = fixed-field.* de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].* de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.* de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.* de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.* de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.* de carácter = in character.* de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.* de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].* de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.* de castigo = punitive.* de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.* de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.* de cerámica = ceramic.* de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.* de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.* de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.* de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].* de cinco días de duración = five-day.* de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].* de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.* de civil = in plain clothes.* de clasificación = classificatory.* de clausura = cloistered.* de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.* de cobre = cupric.* de cojones = badass.* de colegas = collegial, buddying.* de Colombia = Colombian.* de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.* de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.* de color de bronce = brassy.* de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].* de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].* de colorines = brightly coloured.* de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.* de color rojo = red-coloured.* de color rosa = rose-coloured.* de color verde botella = bottle green.* de color verde oscuro = bottle green.* de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.* de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.* de cómo = as to how.* de compañeros = collegial.* de complicidad = knowing.* de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].* de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.* de conceptos = concept-based.* de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.* de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].* de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.* de confirmación = confirmatory.* de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.* de conformidad con eso = accordingly.* de conífera = coniferous.* de construcción básica = brick and frame.* de construcción sólida = solidly-built.* de consulta fácil = scannable.* de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.* de consumo = consumptive.* de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.* de contrabando = bootleg.* de contrapunto = contrapuntal.* de Corea = Korean.* de Corea del Sur = South Korean.* de corral = free-range.* de corta duración = short term [short-term].* de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.* de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].* de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.* de coste cero = zero-cost.* de costumbre = usual, usually.* de creación = authorial.* de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.* de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.* de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.* de cría intensiva = battery-caged.* de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.* de Crimea = Crimean.* de cristal = glass.* de crucial importancia = crucially important.* de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.* de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].* de cualquier modo = however, either way.* de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.* de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.* de cuatro días de duración = four-day.* de cuatro estrellas = four-star.* de Cuba = Cuban.* de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.* de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.* de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.* de densidad doble = double-density.* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.* de derechas = right-wing.* de derecho = de jure [iure].* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.* de desarrollo = developmental.* de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.* de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.* de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.* de desconexión = cut-off.* de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.* de desecho = discarded.* de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].* de desguace = written-off.* de despedida = valedictory.* de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.* de día a día = from day to day.* de diámetro = in diameter.* de diario = everyday.* de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.* de diesel = diesel-powered.* de diferente modo = differently.* de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].* de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].* de difícil solución = intractable.* de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.* de dirección = directorial, administrative.* de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.* de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.* de doble filo = double-edged.* de doble hoja = double-hinged.* de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.* de doble uso = dual-use.* de dolor = in pain.* de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.* de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.* de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].* de dos en dos = two at a time.* de dos letras = two-letter.* de dos niveles = two-tier.* de dos páginas = two-page.* de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].* de dos patas = two-legged.* de dos piernas = two-legged.* de dos pies = two-legged.* de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].* de dos tonalidades = bitonal.* de dos tonos = bitonal.* de dos volúmenes = two-volume.* de duelo = in mourning.* de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].* de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.* de edad = elderly.* de edad avanzada = over the hill.* de edad escolar = school-age.* de edad mediana = middle-aged.* de edad universitaria = college-age.* de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.* de ello = thereof, therefrom.* de ellos = theirs.* de embalsamar = embalming.* de emisor a receptor = downstream.* de encaje = lacy.* de enmienda = amendatory.* de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.* de entonces = of the day.* de entreguerras = interwar.* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.* de entretenimiento = recreational.* de envergadura = heavy lifting.* de época = vintage.* de epopeya = epic.* de esa época = of the period.* de escándalo = outrageous.* de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.* de eso = thereof.* de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.* de especial importancia = of particular note.* de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.* de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.* de espíritu libre = free-spirited.* de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.* de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.* de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.* de Estonia = Estonian.* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.* de estructura de acero = steel-framed.* de estructura de madera = timber-framed.* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.* de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.* de evaluación = evaluative.* de éxito = successful.* de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].* de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].* de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].* de expansión = expanded.* de explotación = exploitative.* de extensión = in length.* de extensión normal = standard-length.* de extremada urgencia = serious.* de fabricación casera = homemade.* de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.* de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.* de fácil manejo = liftable.* de facto = de facto.* de fama = of note.* de fama internacional = of international renown.* de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.* de felpa = plush.* de fiar = legit.* de fichas = card-based.* de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.* de final de año = end-year.* de final de mes = end-of-the-month.* de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.* de fin de año = end of the year.* de fin de milenio = millennial.* de forma = in form.* de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.* de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.* de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.* de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.* de forma alternativa = alternatively.* de forma anónima = anonymously.* de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.* de forma apreciable = markedly.* de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.* de forma audible = audibly.* de forma autónoma = autonomously.* de forma caprichosa = capriciously.* de formación = formative.* de forma clara = clearly.* de forma cognitiva = cognitively.* de forma colegiada = collegially.* de forma combinada = in combination.* de forma competitiva = competitively.* de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.* de forma completa = in full.* de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.* de forma concisa = concisely.* de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.* de forma considerable = considerably.* de forma continuada = continuously.* de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.* de forma deductiva = deductively.* de forma desastrosa = disastrously.* de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.* de forma diferente = differently shaped.* de forma digital = digitally.* de forma divertida = funnily.* de forma económica = cost-effectively.* de forma errática = erratically.* de forma escandalosa = outrageously.* de forma especulativa = speculatively.* de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.* de forma exquisita = exquisitely.* de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.* de forma federal = federally.* de forma general = widely, bulk.* de forma global = holistically.* de forma graciosa = funnily.* de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.* de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.* de forma grotesca = grotesquely.* de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].* de forma heurística = heuristically.* de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.* de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.* de forma indirecta = circuitous route.* de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.* de forma innata = innately.* de forma irregular = erratically.* de forma lamentable = miserably.* de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.* de forma mágica = magically.* de forma mecánica = mechanically.* de forma mordaz = pungently.* de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.* de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.* de forma negativa = in a negative light.* de forma neutral = neutrally.* de forma notoria = markedly.* de forma opcional = optionally.* de forma óptima = optimally.* de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.* de forma poco ética = unethically.* de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.* de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.* de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.* de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.* de forma práctica = pragmatically.* de forma precisa = precisely.* de forma provocativa = provocatively.* de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.* de forma que = in ways that.* de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.* de forma rara = oddly, funnily.* de forma recíproca = reciprocally.* de forma rentable = cost-effectively.* de forma residual = residually.* de forma ridícula = grotesquely.* de forma saludable = healthily.* de forma sana = healthily.* de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.* de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.* de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.* de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.* de forma sublime = subliminally.* de forma suscinta = in brief.* de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.* de forma tosca = in crude form.* de forma trágica = tragically.* de fotograma completo = full-frame.* de fotograma doble = half-frame.* de frente = head-on, frontal.* de fuera = outside, off-side.* de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.* de fuerza = forceful.* de funcionamiento = operating, operational.* de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.* de gala = gala.* de Galileo = Galilean.* de Gambia = Gambian.* de gas = gas-powered.* de generación a generación = from generation to generation.* de generación en generación = from generation to generation.* de geofísica = geophysical.* de gestión = managerial, back-office.* de gestión del museo = curatorial.* de Glasgow = Glaswegian.* de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.* de grado básico = junior grade.* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.* de gran belleza = scenic.* de gran calibre = high-calibre.* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.* de gran corazón = big-hearted.* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.* de gran formato = oversized, oversize.* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].* de gran influencia = seminal.* de granja = free-range.* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.* de gran lujo = top-class.* de gran potencia = high-powered.* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.* de gran talento = talented.* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.* de gran venta = high selling.* de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.* de guasa = teasingly.* de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.* de habla alemana = German-speaking.* de habla francesa = French-speaking.* de habla inglesa = English-speaking.* de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.* de hace años = of years ago.* de hace muchos años = long-standing.* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.* de hace siglos = of yore.* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.* de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.* de hierbas = herbal.* de hierro = iron, ferric.* de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.* de hoja caduca = deciduous.* de hoja perenne = evergreen.* de hojas largas = long-leaved.* de Homero = Homeric.* de hongos = fungal.* de horticultura = horticultural.* de hoy = present-day.* de hoy día = of today.* de hoy en adelante = as from today.* de hoy en día = of today.* de huelga = striking.* de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].* de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.* de ideas afines = like-minded.* de igual a igual = as a peer.* de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.* de igual longitud = of equal length.* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).* de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.* de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).* de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.* de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.* de imitación = copycat.* de importancia = of note, of consequence.* de importancia creciente = of growing importance.* de importancia crucial = crucially important.* de importancia fundamental = critically important.* de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.* de incalculable valor = priceless.* de incógnito = incognito.* de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.* de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].* de inmediato = immediately.* de inspiración = inspirational.* de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.* de intereses similares = of like interest.* de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.* de interés humano = human interest.* de interés periodístico = newsworthy.* de investigación = exploratory.* de isótopos = isotopic.* de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.* de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].* de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.* de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.* de Kenia = Kenyan.* de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].* de la adolescencia = teenage.* de la alcaldía = mayoral.* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.* de la cara = facial.* de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.* de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.* de la cóclea = cochlear.* de la columna vertebral = spinal.* de la comedia = comedic.* de la corteza = crustal, cortical.* de la cría de aves = avicultural.* de la duramadre = dural.* de la edad media = dark-age.* de la embajada = ambassadorial.* de la época = of the time(s), of the day.* de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.* de la época victoriana = Victorian.* de la espina dorsal = spinal.* de la extensión de un libro = book-length.* de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.* de la forma más difícil = the hard way.* de la forma más fácil = the easy way .* de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.* de la fóvea = foveal.* de la gama alta = high-end.* de la gama baja = low-end.* de la gama inferior = low-end.* de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].* de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].* de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].* de la malaria = malarial.* de la mama = mammary.* de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.* de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.* de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.* de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.* de la marina = marine.* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili.* * *I1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house
no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs
su padre de usted — (frml) your father
es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family
2)a) ( introduciendo un nombre en aposición) ofb) ( con apellidos)[de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena
los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz
las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)
c) ( en exclamaciones)ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)
3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) fromes de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá
la literatura de ese período — the literature of o from that period
de... a... — from... to...
4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection
5) (expresando causa, modo)de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time
de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one
6)a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?
la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat
b) ( refiriéndose a una etapa en la vida) as7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?
8)a) (al definir, especificar)¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?
es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce
b) ( sentido partitivo) of¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?
9) ( con sentido ponderativo)lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!
qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!
10)a) ( con cifras)pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%
b) ( en comparaciones de cantidad) thancuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100
pesa menos de un kilo — it weighs less than o under a kilo
un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29
c) ( con un superlativo)12) ( en calidad de) as13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party
14) ( en oraciones pasivas) by15) ( con sentido condicional)a)de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered
b)ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)
IIes de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...
* * *= across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.Ex: This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.
Ex: The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.Ex: These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.Ex: Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.Ex: However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.Ex: From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.Ex: The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.* abogado de oficio = legal aid.* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.* alabanza de boquilla = lip service.* alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.* autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].* cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.* comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.* de... a = through.* de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.* de abolengo = well-born.* de abordo = in-flight.* de absorción = absorptive.* de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.* de acceso público = publicly accessible.* de acceso rápido = fast-access.* de acceso restringido = closed access.* de acción = action-centered.* de acompañante = in tow.* de actitud = attitudinal.* de actuación = for action.* de actualidad = topical.* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.* de acuerdo a = according to.* de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.* de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.* de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.* de adaptación = adaptive.* de frica = African.* de Africa occidental = West African.* de agua = water-based.* de aguas profundas = deep-sea.* de ahí = therefrom.* de ahí que = hence.* de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.* de Alaska = Alaskan.* de Albania = Albanian.* de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].* de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].* de alcohol = spirit-based.* de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.* de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.* de alguna otra forma = in any other way.* de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.* de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.* de algún modo u otro = of some sort.* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.* de algún tipo = of some description.* de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.* de alta alcurnia = well-born.* de alta cuna = well-born.* de alta densidad = high-density.* de alta energía = high energy.* de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.* de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.* de alta potencia = high power.* de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.* de alta productividad = high-performance.* de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.* de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.* de alta tensión = heavy-current.* de alta velocidad = high-speed.* de alto abolengo = well-born.* de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.* de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.* de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.* de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.* de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.* de alto voltaje = high-voltage.* de altura = high, top-notch.* de altura regulable = height-adjustable.* de aluvión = alluvial.* de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].* de amplio alcance = broad in scope.* de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.* de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.* de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].* de antigua generación = low-end.* de antiguo = from time immemorial.* de apariencia = cosmetic.* de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.* de aplicación específica = special-purpose.* de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.* de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.* de apoyo = enabling, supportive.* de aprovechamiento = exploitative.* de aquel entonces = of that day.* de aquí para allá = back and forth.* de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.* de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.* de archivo = archival, archive.* de armas tomar = redoubtable.* de arranque = bootable.* de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.* de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.* de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.* de asesoramiento = consultative.* de aspecto = looking.* de aspecto antiguo = old-face.* de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.* de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.* de aspecto digno = dignified.* de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.* de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.* de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.* de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.* de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.* de aspecto solemne = dignified.* de atención básica = preattentive.* de atención primaria = preattentive.* de atrás = rear.* de atrás para adelante = back and forth.* de aupa = royal.* de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.* de autogestión = self-managing.* de autoprotección = self-protective.* de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.* de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].* de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].* de baja ralea = ignoble.* de bajísima calidad = shoddy.* de bajo consumo = low energy.* de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.* de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.* de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.* de bajo precio = low-priced.* de bajo riesgo = low-risk.* de balde = for free.* de barrio = neighbourhood-based.* de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].* de bienvenida = salutatory.* de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.* de bodas = bridal.* de Boole = Boolean.* de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.* de broma = humorously, teasingly.* de bronce = brass.* de buena calidad = good-quality.* de buena disposición = good-natured.* de buena fama = of good repute.* de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.* de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.* de buena reputación = of good repute.* de buenas = on good terms.* de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.* de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].* de buena voluntad = in good faith.* de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.* de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.* de buen gusto = tasteful.* de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.* de buenos modales = well-mannered.* de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].* de buen ver = good looking.* de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.* de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.* de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.* de cachondeo = teasingly.* de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].* de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.* de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.* de cajón = no-brainer.* de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.* de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.* de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.* de camino = on the way, while we're at it.* de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.* de campo = free-range.* de campos fijos = fixed-field.* de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].* de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.* de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.* de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.* de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.* de carácter = in character.* de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.* de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].* de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.* de castigo = punitive.* de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.* de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.* de cerámica = ceramic.* de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.* de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.* de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.* de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].* de cinco días de duración = five-day.* de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].* de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.* de civil = in plain clothes.* de clasificación = classificatory.* de clausura = cloistered.* de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.* de cobre = cupric.* de cojones = badass.* de colegas = collegial, buddying.* de Colombia = Colombian.* de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.* de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.* de color de bronce = brassy.* de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].* de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].* de colorines = brightly coloured.* de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.* de color rojo = red-coloured.* de color rosa = rose-coloured.* de color verde botella = bottle green.* de color verde oscuro = bottle green.* de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.* de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.* de cómo = as to how.* de compañeros = collegial.* de complicidad = knowing.* de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].* de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.* de conceptos = concept-based.* de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.* de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].* de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.* de confirmación = confirmatory.* de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.* de conformidad con eso = accordingly.* de conífera = coniferous.* de construcción básica = brick and frame.* de construcción sólida = solidly-built.* de consulta fácil = scannable.* de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.* de consumo = consumptive.* de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.* de contrabando = bootleg.* de contrapunto = contrapuntal.* de Corea = Korean.* de Corea del Sur = South Korean.* de corral = free-range.* de corta duración = short term [short-term].* de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.* de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].* de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.* de coste cero = zero-cost.* de costumbre = usual, usually.* de creación = authorial.* de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.* de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.* de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.* de cría intensiva = battery-caged.* de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.* de Crimea = Crimean.* de cristal = glass.* de crucial importancia = crucially important.* de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.* de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.* de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].* de cualquier modo = however, either way.* de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.* de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.* de cuatro días de duración = four-day.* de cuatro estrellas = four-star.* de Cuba = Cuban.* de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.* de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.* de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.* de densidad doble = double-density.* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.* de derechas = right-wing.* de derecho = de jure [iure].* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.* de desarrollo = developmental.* de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.* de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.* de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.* de desconexión = cut-off.* de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.* de desecho = discarded.* de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].* de desguace = written-off.* de despedida = valedictory.* de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.* de día a día = from day to day.* de diámetro = in diameter.* de diario = everyday.* de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.* de diesel = diesel-powered.* de diferente modo = differently.* de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].* de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].* de difícil solución = intractable.* de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.* de dirección = directorial, administrative.* de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.* de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.* de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.* de doble filo = double-edged.* de doble hoja = double-hinged.* de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.* de doble uso = dual-use.* de dolor = in pain.* de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].* de donde = whence, whence, from whence.* ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.* de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.* de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].* de dos en dos = two at a time.* de dos letras = two-letter.* de dos niveles = two-tier.* de dos páginas = two-page.* de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].* de dos patas = two-legged.* de dos piernas = two-legged.* de dos pies = two-legged.* de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].* de dos tonalidades = bitonal.* de dos tonos = bitonal.* de dos volúmenes = two-volume.* de duelo = in mourning.* de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].* de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.* de edad = elderly.* de edad avanzada = over the hill.* de edad escolar = school-age.* de edad mediana = middle-aged.* de edad universitaria = college-age.* de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.* de ello = thereof, therefrom.* de ellos = theirs.* de embalsamar = embalming.* de emisor a receptor = downstream.* de encaje = lacy.* de enmienda = amendatory.* de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.* de entonces = of the day.* de entreguerras = interwar.* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.* de entretenimiento = recreational.* de envergadura = heavy lifting.* de época = vintage.* de epopeya = epic.* de esa época = of the period.* de escándalo = outrageous.* de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.* de eso = thereof.* de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.* de especial importancia = of particular note.* de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.* de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.* de espíritu libre = free-spirited.* de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.* de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.* de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.* de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.* de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.* de Estonia = Estonian.* de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.* de estructura de acero = steel-framed.* de estructura de madera = timber-framed.* de Europa del Este = Eastern European.* de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.* de evaluación = evaluative.* de éxito = successful.* de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].* de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].* de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].* de expansión = expanded.* de explotación = exploitative.* de extensión = in length.* de extensión normal = standard-length.* de extremada urgencia = serious.* de fabricación casera = homemade.* de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.* de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.* de fácil manejo = liftable.* de facto = de facto.* de fama = of note.* de fama internacional = of international renown.* de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.* de felpa = plush.* de fiar = legit.* de fichas = card-based.* de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.* de final de año = end-year.* de final de mes = end-of-the-month.* de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.* de fin de año = end of the year.* de fin de milenio = millennial.* de forma = in form.* de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.* de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.* de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.* de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.* de forma alternativa = alternatively.* de forma anónima = anonymously.* de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.* de forma apreciable = markedly.* de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.* de forma audible = audibly.* de forma autónoma = autonomously.* de forma caprichosa = capriciously.* de formación = formative.* de forma clara = clearly.* de forma cognitiva = cognitively.* de forma colegiada = collegially.* de forma combinada = in combination.* de forma competitiva = competitively.* de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.* de forma completa = in full.* de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.* de forma concisa = concisely.* de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.* de forma considerable = considerably.* de forma continuada = continuously.* de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.* de forma deductiva = deductively.* de forma desastrosa = disastrously.* de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.* de forma diferente = differently shaped.* de forma digital = digitally.* de forma divertida = funnily.* de forma económica = cost-effectively.* de forma errática = erratically.* de forma escandalosa = outrageously.* de forma especulativa = speculatively.* de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.* de forma exquisita = exquisitely.* de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.* de forma federal = federally.* de forma general = widely, bulk.* de forma global = holistically.* de forma graciosa = funnily.* de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.* de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.* de forma grotesca = grotesquely.* de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].* de forma heurística = heuristically.* de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.* de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.* de forma indirecta = circuitous route.* de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.* de forma innata = innately.* de forma irregular = erratically.* de forma lamentable = miserably.* de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.* de forma mágica = magically.* de forma mecánica = mechanically.* de forma mordaz = pungently.* de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.* de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.* de forma negativa = in a negative light.* de forma neutral = neutrally.* de forma notoria = markedly.* de forma opcional = optionally.* de forma óptima = optimally.* de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.* de forma poco ética = unethically.* de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.* de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.* de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.* de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.* de forma práctica = pragmatically.* de forma precisa = precisely.* de forma provocativa = provocatively.* de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.* de forma que = in ways that.* de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.* de forma rara = oddly, funnily.* de forma recíproca = reciprocally.* de forma rentable = cost-effectively.* de forma residual = residually.* de forma ridícula = grotesquely.* de forma saludable = healthily.* de forma sana = healthily.* de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.* de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.* de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.* de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.* de forma sublime = subliminally.* de forma suscinta = in brief.* de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.* de forma tosca = in crude form.* de forma trágica = tragically.* de fotograma completo = full-frame.* de fotograma doble = half-frame.* de frente = head-on, frontal.* de fuera = outside, off-side.* de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.* de fuerza = forceful.* de funcionamiento = operating, operational.* de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.* de gala = gala.* de Galileo = Galilean.* de Gambia = Gambian.* de gas = gas-powered.* de generación a generación = from generation to generation.* de generación en generación = from generation to generation.* de geofísica = geophysical.* de gestión = managerial, back-office.* de gestión del museo = curatorial.* de Glasgow = Glaswegian.* de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.* de grado básico = junior grade.* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.* de gran belleza = scenic.* de gran calibre = high-calibre.* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.* de gran corazón = big-hearted.* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.* de gran formato = oversized, oversize.* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].* de gran influencia = seminal.* de granja = free-range.* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.* de gran lujo = top-class.* de gran potencia = high-powered.* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.* de gran talento = talented.* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.* de gran venta = high selling.* de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.* de guasa = teasingly.* de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.* de habla alemana = German-speaking.* de habla francesa = French-speaking.* de habla inglesa = English-speaking.* de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.* de hace años = of years ago.* de hace muchos años = long-standing.* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.* de hace siglos = of yore.* de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.* de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.* de hierbas = herbal.* de hierro = iron, ferric.* de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.* de hoja caduca = deciduous.* de hoja perenne = evergreen.* de hojas largas = long-leaved.* de Homero = Homeric.* de hongos = fungal.* de horticultura = horticultural.* de hoy = present-day.* de hoy día = of today.* de hoy en adelante = as from today.* de hoy en día = of today.* de huelga = striking.* de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].* de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.* de ideas afines = like-minded.* de igual a igual = as a peer.* de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.* de igual longitud = of equal length.* de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).* de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.* de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).* de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.* de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.* de imitación = copycat.* de importancia = of note, of consequence.* de importancia creciente = of growing importance.* de importancia crucial = crucially important.* de importancia fundamental = critically important.* de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.* de incalculable valor = priceless.* de incógnito = incognito.* de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.* de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].* de inmediato = immediately.* de inspiración = inspirational.* de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.* de intereses similares = of like interest.* de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.* de interés humano = human interest.* de interés periodístico = newsworthy.* de investigación = exploratory.* de isótopos = isotopic.* de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.* de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].* de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.* de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.* de Kenia = Kenyan.* de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].* de la adolescencia = teenage.* de la alcaldía = mayoral.* de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.* de la cara = facial.* de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.* de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.* de la cóclea = cochlear.* de la columna vertebral = spinal.* de la comedia = comedic.* de la corteza = crustal, cortical.* de la cría de aves = avicultural.* de la duramadre = dural.* de la edad media = dark-age.* de la embajada = ambassadorial.* de la época = of the time(s), of the day.* de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.* de la época victoriana = Victorian.* de la espina dorsal = spinal.* de la extensión de un libro = book-length.* de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.* de la forma más difícil = the hard way.* de la forma más fácil = the easy way.* de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.* de la fóvea = foveal.* de la gama alta = high-end.* de la gama baja = low-end.* de la gama inferior = low-end.* de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].* de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].* de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].* de la malaria = malarial.* de la mama = mammary.* de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.* de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.* de la manera normal = in the normal manner.* de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.* de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.* de la marina = marine.* de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili* * *de1A(en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión): la casa de mi hermano/de mis padres/de la actriz my brother's/my parents'/the actress's houseel rey de Francia the king of Franceel cumpleaños de Luis Luis's birthdayel cumpleaños de la esposa de un compañero a colleague's wife's birthday, the birthday of the wife of one of my colleaguesno es de él/de ella/de ellos it isn't his/hers/theirssu padre de usted ( frml); your fatherun amigo de mi hijo a friend of my son'ses un amigo de la familia he's a friend of the family o a family friendun estudiante de quinto año a fifth-year studentel nieto de los Arteaga the Arteagas' grandsonla mesa de la cocina the kitchen tablela correa del perro the dog's leashun avión de Mexair a Mexair planela tapa de la cacerola the saucepan lidlas calles de la capital the streets of the capital, the capital's streetsla subida de los precios the rise in pricesal término de la reunión at the end of the meetingBla ciudad de Lima the city of Limael aeropuerto de Barajas Barajas airportel mes de enero the month of Januaryel imbécil de tu hermano that stupid brother of yours, your stupid brotherel bueno de Ricardo le aguanta cualquier cosa Ricardo is so good, he puts up with anything from her2(en exclamaciones): ¡pobre de él! poor him!¡triste de quien no conozca ese sentimiento! ( liter); pity the person who has never experienced that feeling! ( liter)C(con apellidos): Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena ≈ Mrs Mónica Arocenalos señores de Rucabado ( frml); Mr and Mrs Rucabadolas señoritas de Paz ( frml); the Misses Paz ( frml) [de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]DA1(expresando procedencia, origen): volvía de clase/del banco I was on my way back from my class/from the bankes de Bogotá she's from Bogotá, she comes from Bogotálo saqué de la biblioteca I got it out of the librarylo recogió del suelo she picked it up off the floormis amigos de América my American friends, my friends from Americahe recibido carta de Julia I've had a letter from Juliaun hijo de su primera mujer a son by his first wifeal salir de la tienda as he left the storeDE … A …:de aquí a tu casa from here to your house2 (en el tiempo) fromun amigo de la infancia a childhood frienddata del siglo XVII it dates from the 17th centuryla literatura de ese período the literature of o from that periodlo conozco de cuando estuve en Rosales I know him from when I was in Rosalesde un día para otro from one day to the nextDE … A …:está abierto de nueve a cinco it's open from nine to five o between nine and fivede aquí a que termine tenemos para rato it'll be a while yet before he finishes, he won't be finished for a while yetB(expresando causa): murió de viejo he died of old ageverde de envidia green with envyestaba ronco de tanto gritar he was hoarse from shouting so mucheso es de comer tan poco that's what comes from o of eating so littleA(introduciendo cualidades, características): es de una paciencia increíble he is incredibly patient, he is a man of incredible patienceun chiste de muy mal gusto a joke in very bad tasteobjetos de mucho valor objects of great valueun pez de agua dulce a freshwater fish¿de qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?tiene cara de aburrido he looks boredese gesto es muy de su madre that gesture is very reminiscent of his mothertienes cosas de niño malcriado sometimes you act like a spoiled childuna botella de un litro a liter bottleun niño de tres meses a three-month-old childdéme de las de 200 pesos el kilo give me some of those o some of the ones at 200 pesos a kilola chica del abrigo rojo the girl with o in the red coatla señora de azul the lady in blueun hombre de pelo largo a man with long hairun anciano de bastón an old man with a stick [de is part of many compounds like cinturón de seguridad, hombre de negocios, válvula de escape, etc ]B(al especificar material, contenido, composición): una mesa de caoba a mahogany tableuna inyección de morfina an injection of morphine, a morphine injectionel complemento ideal de todo plato de pescado the ideal complement to any fish dishson de plástico they're (made of) plasticun curso de secretariado a secretarial coursenos sirvió una copa de champán she gave us a glass of champagneuna colección de sellos a stamp collection, a collection of stampsun millón de dólares a million dollarsC(con sentido ponderativo): ¡lo encontré de viejo …! he seemed so old!¡qué de coches! ( fam); what a lot of cars!D(al definir, especificar): tuvo la suerte de conseguirlo she was lucky enough to get itaprieta el botón de abajo press the bottom buttonE1(con cifras): el número de estudiantes es de 480 the number of students is 480, there are 480 studentspagan un interés del 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%cuesta más de £100 it costs more than o over £100pesa menos de un kilo it weighs less than o under a kiloun número mayor/menor de 29 a number over/under 293(en expresiones de modo): lo tumbó de un golpe he knocked him down with one blowsubió los escalones de dos en dos he went up the stairs two at a timede a poco (CS); little by little, gradually4(CS): de a cuatro/ocho/diez: colócalos de a dos/cuatro put them in twos/foursentraron de a uno they went in one by one o one at a time [de is part of many expressions entered under frente2 m A 2. (↑ frente (2)), improviso, prisa etc]F (en calidad de) asestá de profesor en una academia he's working as a teacher in a private schoolle ofrecieron un puesto de redactor they offered him a job as an editorhace de enanito en la obra he plays (the part of) a dwarf in the playle habló de hombre a hombre he talked to him man to manG1(limitando lo expresado a determinado aspecto): es muy bonita de cara she has a pretty facees corto de talle/ancho de hombros he's short-waisted/broad-shoulderedes sorda de un oído she's deaf in one ear¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? how are we doing for time?tiene dos metros de ancho it's two meters wide2(refiriéndose a una etapa de la vida): de niño as a child, when he was a childH(en expresiones de estado, actividad): estaba de mal humor she was in a bad moodestamos de limpieza general we're spring-cleaning [de is part of many expressions entered under juerga, picnic, obra etc]I(indicando uso, destino, finalidad): el cepillo de la ropa the clothes brushel trapo de limpiar la plata the cloth for cleaning the silverlo sirvió en copas de champán he served it in champagne glassesdales algo de comer give them something to eat¿qué hay de postre? what's for dessert? [de is part of many compounds like cuchara de servir, máquina de coser, saco de dormir, etc]una novela de Goytisolo a novel by Goytisolo, a Goytisolo novelseguidos del resto de la familia followed by the rest of the familyuna casa rodeada de árboles a house surrounded by treesviene acompañado de arroz it is served with riceacompañado de su señora esposa ( frml); accompanied by his wifeA1 (sentido partitivo) of¿quién de ustedes fue? which (one) of you was it?se llevó uno de los míos she took one of mineel mayor de los Rodríguez the eldest of the Rodríguez childrenun cigarrillo de ésos que apestan one of those cigarettes that stink2(con un superlativo): eligió el más caro de todos she chose the most expensive one of allla ciudad más grande del mundo the biggest city in the worldB(refiriéndose a una parte del día): a las once de la mañana/de la noche at eleven in the morning/at nightduerme de día y trabaja de noche she sleeps during the day and works at nightsalieron de madrugada they left very early in the morningA DE + INF:de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known, I would have come earlier o had I known, I would have come earlierde no ser así no será considerada otherwise it will not be consideredde continuar este estado de cosas if this state of affairs persistsB SER DE + INF(expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad): es de esperar que … it is to be hoped that …, one hopes that …no son de fiar they are not to be trustedes de destacar la actuación de Marta Valverde Marta Valverde's performance is worthy of noteCde2* * *
Del verbo dar: ( conjugate dar)
dé es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo
Multiple Entries:
dar
de
dé
dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
1
déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
2
‹información/idea› to give
3
4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;
nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
5
◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;
dales saludos give/send them my regards;
tuve que déle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to himb) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;
1
‹ dividendos› to pay;
b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;
venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
‹ problemas› to cause;
el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);
¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
2
‹baile/banquete› to hold;
‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
ver tb clase 4
( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;
dame un beso give me a kiss;
ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
( considerar) dé algo/a algn por algo:
ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
verbo intransitivo
1
[ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
[fachada/frente] to face
2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dé para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;
dé de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
3 ( arrojar un resultado):
¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
4 ( importar):
¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
me da igual I don't mind
5 ( en naipes) to deal
1
( como castigo) to smack sb;
el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post
2 (accionar, mover) déle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
3
‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
‹ palabra› to come up with
4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) déle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …
5 [sol/luz]:
la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
darse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;
dárselas de listo to act smartb) (golpearse, pegarse):
se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
se dio dé un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
( considerarse) dése por algo:
ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
de 1 preposición
1a) (pertenencia, posesión):
el rey dé Francia the king of France;
no es dé él it isn't his;
es un amigo dé mi hijo he's a friend of my son's;
un estudiante dé quinto año a fifth-year student;
la tapa dé la cacerola the saucepan lid;
un avión dé Mexair a Mexair plane
el aeropuerto dé Barajas Barajas airport;
el mes dé enero the month of January
2
◊ es dé Bogotá she's/she comes from Bogotá;
una carta dé Julia a letter from Julia;
un amigo dé la infancia a childhood friend;
la literatura dé ese período the literature of o from that period;
dé aquí a tu casa from here to your houseb) (material, contenido, composición):
una mesa dé caoba a mahogany table;
un vaso dé agua a glass of water;
un millón dé dólares a million dollarsc) (causa, modo):
dé tanto gritar from shouting so much;
verde dé envidia green with envy;
temblando dé miedo trembling with fear;
dé memoria by heart;
lo tumbó dé un golpe he knocked him down with one blow
rodeada dé árboles surrounded by trees
3a) (cualidades, características):
objetos dé mucho valor objects of great value;
¿dé qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?;
tiene cara dé aburrido he looks bored;
una botella dé un litro a liter bottle;
la chica dé azul the girl in blueb) (al definir, especificar):
tiene dos metros dé ancho it's two meters wide;
es fácil de pronunciar it's easy to pronounce;
uno dé los míos one of mine;
el mayor dé los Soto the eldest of the Soto children
4a) ( con cifras):◊ pagan un interés dél 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%
◊ más dé £100 more than o over £100;
pesa menos dé un kilo it weighs less than o under a kilo;
un número mayor/menor dé 29 a number over/under 29c) ( con un superlativo):
la ciudad más grande dél mundo the biggest city in the world
◊ dé día/noche during the day/at night;
dé madrugada early in the morning
5
hace dé rey en la obra he plays (the part of) a king in the playb) (en expresiones de estado, actividad):
estamos dé fiesta we're having a partyc) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad):
copas dé vino wine glasses;
ropa dé cama bed clothes;
dales algo dé comer give them something to eat;
¿qué hay dé postre? what's for dessert?
6 ( con sentido condicional):
dé no ser así otherwise
de 2 sustantivo femenino: name of the letter d
dé see◊ dar
dar
I verbo transitivo
1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
(un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
dar las gracias, to thank
4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
(fruto, flores) to bear
(beneficio, interés) to give, yield
7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
(un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
(impartir clases) to teach
(recibir una clase) to have
US to take
10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
(del gas, agua) to turn on
13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
(un masaje, medicamento) to give
15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
dar un paseo, to go for a walk
dar una voz, to give a shout
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
(una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
dar que hablar, to set people talking
dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
de preposición
1 (pertenencia, posesión) of
la dirección de mis padres, my parents' address
el teclado de este ordenador, this computer's keyboard
la primera página del libro, the first page of the book
2 (material) of: está hecho de madera, it's made of wood
una pajarita de papel, a paper bird
(contenido) un vaso de vino, a glass of wine
3 (asunto) about, on: sabe mucho de economía, she knows a lot about economics
un curso de inglés, an English course
un libro de arte, a book on art
4 (oficio) as: está/trabaja de enfermera, she is working as a nurse
5 (cualidad) una persona de carácter, a person with character
una rubia de pelo largo, a blonde with long hair
6 (procedencia) from: es de Bilbao, he is o comes from Bilbao
de Madrid a Cáceres, from Madrid to Cáceres
7 (parte) un poco de leche, a little milk
un trozo de carne, a piece of meat
8 (causa) with, because of
llorar de alegría, to cry with joy
morir de hambre, to die of hunger
9 (modo) lo bebió de un trago, she downed it in one
un gesto de satisfacción, an expression of satisfaction
10 (localización) el señor de la camisa azul, the man in the blue shirt
la casa de la esquina, the house on the corner
11 (tiempo) a las cinco de la mañana, at five in the morning
de año en año, year in year out
de día, by day
de noche, at night
de miércoles a viernes, from Wednesday to Friday
de pequeño, as a child
12 (finalidad) jornada de reflexión, eve of polling day
libro de consulta, reference book
máquina de escribir, typewriter
13 (instrumento) derribó la puerta de una patada, he kicked the door down
lo mataron de una puñalada, he was stabbed to death
14 (comparación) el discurso fue más largo de lo esperado, the speech was longer than expected
(con superlativo) in
el coche más caro del mundo, the most expensive car in the world
15 (precio) for
un pantalón de dos mil pesetas, a pair of trousers costing two thousand pesetas 16 una avenida de quince kilómetros, an avenue fifteen kilometres long
una botella de litro, a litre bottle
17 (condicional) de haberlo sabido no le hubiera invitado, if I had known I wouldn't have invited him
de no ser así, if that wasn't o weren't the case
de ser cierto, if it was o were true
18 (reiteración) de puerta en puerta, from door to door
de tres en tres, in threes o three at a time
'dé' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- a. C.
- a.m.
- abajo
- abanderada
- abanderado
- abandonar
- abandonarse
- abandono
- abanico
- abarrotar
- abarrotada
- abarrotado
- abarrotería
- abastecer
- abastecerse
- abastecimiento
- abasto
- abatir
- abatimiento
- abatirse
- abdicar
- abertura
- abierta
- abierto
- abismo
- ablandar
- abogar
- abogacía
- abogada
- abogado
- abominar
- abominable
- abono
- abortar
- abrir
- abridor
- abrigo
- abrupta
- abrupto
- absoluta
- absolutamente
- absoluto
- abstenerse
- abstención
- abstinencia
- abstraerse
- abuelo
- abuhardillada
- abuhardillado
English:
A
- A-level
- a.m.
- AA
- abandon
- ABC
- ability
- ablaze
- aboard
- about
- about-face
- about-turn
- above
- abreast
- abroad
- abrupt
- absence
- absent
- absolve
- absorb
- abstain
- abstract
- abundance
- abuse
- AC
- accepted
- access road
- accident
- accidental
- acclaim
- accommodate
- accommodation
- accomplished
- accomplishment
- accordance
- account
- account for
- accountable
- accumulation
- accuracy
- accurate
- accurately
- accuse
- accused
- accusingly
- accustom
- ache
- Achilles heel
- aching
- acid test
* * *1. [posesión, pertenencia] of;el automóvil de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' car;es de ella it's hers;la maleta es de Eva the suitcase is Eva's o belongs to Eva;el padre de la niña the girl's father;el director de la empresa the manager of the company, the company's manager;la boda o [m5] el casamiento de un amigo de mi hermano the wedding of a friend of my brother's, a friend of my brother's wedding;un equipo de segunda división a second division team;la comida del gato the cat's food;el título de la novela the novel's title, the title of the novel;la pata de la mesa the table leg;una subida de precios a price rise;los señores de Navarro Mr and Mrs Navarro2. [procedencia, distancia] from;salir de casa to leave home;soy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbao;no soy de aquí I'm not from round here;de la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 metres from the beach to the apartment;estamos a 10 kilómetros de Buenos Aires we're 10 kilometres away from Buenos Aires;el rey de España the king of Spain;tuvo dos hijos de su primera esposa he had two children by his first wife;b de Barcelona [deletreando] b for Barcelona3. [en razonamiento]de su sonrisa se deduce que todo ha ido bien you can tell from o by her smile that it all went well;del resultado del experimento concluyo que la fórmula no funciona I infer from the result of the experiment that the formula doesn't workel túnel del Canal the Channel Tunnel;el signo de tauro the sign of Taurus;el puerto de Cartagena the port of Cartagenala señora de verde the lady in green;el chico de la coleta the boy with the ponytail;una actriz de veinte años a twenty-year-old actress;¿de qué tamaño? what size?;un político de fiar a trustworthy politician6. [materia] (made) of;un vaso de plástico a plastic cup;un reloj de oro a gold watch;una mesa de madera a wooden tableun plato de lentejas a plate of lentils8. [precio]he comprado las peras de 80 céntimos el kilo I bought the pears that were 80 cents a kilo;un sello de 50 céntimos a 50-cent stampropa de deporte sportswear;una máquina de escribir a typewriter;una máquina de coser a sewing machine;esta sartén es la del pescado y ésta la de las tortillas this frying pan's for fish and this one's for omelettes10. [asunto] about;hablábamos de ti we were talking about you;libros de historia history books11. [en calidad de] as;trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman;aparece de cosaco he appears as a Cossack, he plays a Cossack;estás muy guapa de uniforme you look very pretty in uniform;al desfile de carnaval iré de Napoleón I'll go as Napoleon in the carnival parade12. [tiempo] [desde] from;[durante] in;trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to five;vivió en Bolivia de 1975 a 1983 she lived in Bolivia between 1975 and 1983, she lived in Bolivia from 1975 to 1983;de madrugada early in the morning;a las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoon;trabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day;es de día it's daytime;de niño solía jugar en la calle as a child I used to play in the street;¿qué quieres ser de mayor? what do you want to be when you grow up?;un compañero del colegio a friend from school;Urugde mañana/tarde in the morning/afternoon;Urugde noche at night;Urugayer salimos de noche we went out last night13. [causa] with;morirse de hambre to die of hunger;llorar de alegría to cry with joy;temblar de miedo to tremble with fear;eso es de fumar tanto that's what comes from smoking so much14. [manera, modo] with;de una patada with a kick;rompió el cristal de una pedrada he shattered the window with a stone;de una sola vez in one go;lo bebió de un trago he drank it down in one go;CSurde fácil manejo user-friendly;ponerse de rodillas to kneel down15. [con valor partitivo] of;uno de los nuestros one of ours;varios de nosotros several of us;¿quién de vosotros sabe la respuesta? which of you knows the answer?17. [en valoración]lo tacharon de vulgar they branded him as vulgar, they accused him of being vulgaryo de Eduardo le pediría perdón if I were Eduardo, I'd say sorry to her19. [en comparaciones][con superlativos]más/menos de… more/less than…;el mejor de todos the best of all;el más importante del mundo the most important in the world;la peor película del año the worst film this year o of the year;la impresora más moderna del mercado the most up-to-date printer on the market20. (antes de infinitivo) [condición] if;de querer ayudarme, lo haría if she wanted to help me, she'd do it;de no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it;de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sunday21. (después de adjetivo y antes de sustantivo) [enfatiza cualidad]el idiota de tu hermano your stupid brother;la buena de Susana good old Susana;¡pobre de mí! poor me!22. (después de adjetivo y antes de infinitivo)es difícil de creer it's hard to believe;una velada imposible de olvidar an unforgettable eveninghas de gastar menos you should spend less24. (antes de complemento agente)una película de Buñuel a film by Buñuel, a Buñuel film;vino acompañado de su familia he was accompanied by his family25. (antes de adverbio de lugar)la fila de delante the front row♦ de no loc conjAm otherwise;dime la verdad, de no te castigaré tell me the truth, otherwise I'm going to punish you* * *deprp1 origen from;de Nueva York from New York;de … a from … to2 posesión of;el coche de mi amigo my friend’s car3 material (made) of;un anillo de oro a gold ring4 contenido of;un vaso de agua a glass of water5 cualidad:una mujer de 20 años a 20 year old woman6 causa with;temblaba de miedo she was shaking with fear7 hora:de noche at night, by night;de día by daytrabajar de albañil work as a bricklayer;de niño as a child9 agente by;de Goya by Goya10 condición if;de haberlo sabido if I’d known11 en aposición:la ciudad de Lima the city of Lima* * *de prep1) : ofla casa de Pepe: Pepe's houseun niño de tres años: a three-year-old boy2) : fromes de Managua: she's from Managuasalió del edificio: he left the building3) : in, ata las tres de la mañana: at three in the morningsalen de noche: they go out at night4) : thanmás de tres: more than threedé dar* * *de prep1. (posesión de alguien) 's2. (posesión de algo) of3. (materia)4. (contenido) of5. (materia, tema)6. (origen, procedencia) from7. (descripción) with / in8. (agente) by10. (con números, una parte) than / of -
43 tanto
adj.so much, all that much, that much, as much.adv.so much, such a lot, so, so very much.pron.as much, so much, all that much, that much.m.1 portion, certain amount.2 score point, point.* * *► adjetivo1 (incontables) so much; (contables) so many■ ¡tengo tanto calor! I'm so hot!■ ¡ha pasado tanto tiempo! it's been so long!2 (comparación - incontable) as much; (- contables) as many1 (incontable) so much; (contable) so many► adverbio1 (cantidad) so much■ ¡te quiero tanto! I love you so much!2 (tiempo) so long3 (frecuencia) so often2 (cantidad imprecisa) so much, a certain amount3 (poco) bit\a las tantas familiar very late, at an unearthly houra tantos de sometime incon tanto / de tanto with so muchcuanto más... tanto más... the more... the more...en tanto / entre tanto / mientras tanto meanwhileeso es tanto como... that is like...ni tanto ni tan poco / ni tanto ni tan calvo familiar neither one extreme nor the otherno es para tanto / no hay para tanto it's not that badno será tanto it can't be as bad as you make outotro tanto as much again, the same againpor lo tanto thereforeser uno de tantos / ser una de tantos to be nothing specialtanto cuanto as much astanto más / tanto menos all the more / all the lesstanto mejor / tanto peor so much the better / so much the worsetanto si... como si... whether... or...uno de tantos / una de tantas run-of-the-milltanto por ciento percentage————————2 (cantidad imprecisa) so much, a certain amount3 (poco) bit* * *1. noun m.1) point, goal3) rate•2. (f. - tanta)adj.1) so many, so much, such2) as many, as much3. adv.1) so much2) so long•- al tanto- entre tanto
- por lo tanto
- un tanto 4. (f. - tanta)pron.so many, so much* * *1. ADJ1) [indicando gran cantidad] [en singular] so much; [en plural] so manyahora no bebo tanta leche — I don't drink so o as much milk now
tiene tanto dinero que no sabe qué hacer con él — he has so much money he doesn't know what to do with it
¡tuve tanta suerte! — I was so lucky!
¡tengo tantas cosas que hacer hoy! — I have so many things to do today!
había tantos coches que no había donde aparcar — there were so many cars that there was nowhere to park
•
tanto gusto — how do you do?, pleased to meet you2) [indicando cantidad indeterminada]hay otros tantos candidatos — there are as many more candidates, there's the same number of candidates again
2. PRON1) (=gran cantidad) [en singular] so much; [en plural] so manyvinieron tantos que no cabían en la sala — so many people came that they wouldn't all fit into the room
•
es uno de tantos — he's nothing special2) (=cantidad indeterminada)nació en el mil novecientos cuarenta y tantos — she was born in nineteen forty-something o some time in the forties
las tantas (de la madrugada o de la noche) —
el tren llegó a las tantas — the train arrived really late o in the middle of the night
-¿qué hora es? -deben de ser las tantas — "what's the time?" - "it must be pretty late"
3) [otras locuciones]•
entre tanto — meanwhile•
mientras tanto — meanwhile•
no es para tanto — [al quejarse] it's not as bad as all that; [al enfadarse] there's no need to get like that about it•
por lo tanto — so, thereforeni tanto así —
¡y tanto! —
-¿necesitarás unas vacaciones? -¡y tanto! — "do you need a holiday?" - "you bet I do!"
3. ADV1) [con verbos] [indicando duración, cantidad] so much; [indicando frecuencia] so oftense preocupa tanto que no puede dormir — he gets so worried that he can't sleep, he worries so much that he can't sleep
¡cuesta tanto comprar una casa! — buying a house is such hard work!
¡no corras tanto! — don't run so fast!
ya no vamos tanto al cine — we don't go to the cinema so o as much any more
ahora no la veo tanto — I don't see so o as much of her now, I don't see her so often now
•
tanto como, él gasta tanto como yo — he spends as much as I do o as metanto como corre, va a perder la carrera — he may be a fast runner, but he's still going to lose the race
montar 2., 3)•
tanto es así que — so much so that2) [con adjetivos, adverbios]los dos son ya mayores, aunque su mujer no tanto — the two of them are elderly, although his wife less so
•
tanto como, es difícil, pero tanto como eso no creo — it's difficult, but not that difficultes un poco tacaño, pero tanto como estafador, no — he's a bit on the mean side, but I wouldn't go so far as to call him a swindler
•
es tanto más difícil — it is all the more difficultes tanto más loable cuanto que... — it is all the more praiseworthy because...
tanto peor para ti — it's your loss o that's just too bad
3) [en locuciones conjuntivas]•
en tanto — as (being)estoy en contra de la leyes en tanto sistema represivo — I am against laws as (being) a repressive system
no puede haber democracia en tanto que siga habiendo torturas — for as long as there is torture, there can never be democracy, there cannot be democracy while there is torture
4. SM1) (=cantidad)¿qué tanto será? — LAm how much (is it)?
•
otro tanto, las máquinas costaron otro tanto — the machines cost as much again o the same again2) (=punto) (Ftbl, Hockey) goal; (Baloncesto, Tenis) point•
apuntar los tantos — to keep scoretanto a favor — goal for, point for
apuntarse 3)tanto en contra — goal against, point against
3)• estar al tanto — to be up to date
•
mantener a algn al tanto de algo — to keep sb informed about sth•
poner a algn al tanto de algo — to put sb in the picture about sth4)• un tanto — [como adv] rather
* * *I1) [see note under tan] ( aplicado a adjetivo o adverbio) so; ( aplicado a verbo) so muchsi es así, tanto mejor — if that's the case, so much the better
y si no te gusta, tanto peor para ti — and if you don't like it, too bad o (colloq) tough!
no es tan difícil — it's not that difficult
ya no salimos tanto — nowadays we don't go out so often o so much
tan/tanto... que — so... (that)
tan/tanto... como — as... as
sale tanto como tú — he goes out as much o as often as you do
2) (AmL exc RPl)qué tanto/qué tan: ¿qué tan alto es? how tall is he?; ¿qué tanto hay de cierto en eso? — how much of it is true?
3) para locs ver tanto III 2)II- ta adjetivo1)a) (sing) so much; (pl) so manyhabía tanto espacio/tantos niños — there was so much space/there were so many children
tiene tanta fuerza...! — she has such strength...!
tanto/tantos... como as much/as many...as; sufro tanto como ella I suffer as much as she does; no hubo tantos turistas como el año pasado there weren't been as many o so many tourists as last year; tengo tanta suerte como tú — I'm as lucky as you are
b) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas)tenía setenta y tantos años — he was seventy something, he was seventy-odd (colloq)
2) (sing) (fam) ( con valor plural) so manyIII- ta pronombre1)a) (sing) so much; (pl) so manyquería azúcar, pero no tanta — I wanted sugar but not that much
¿de verdad gana tanto? — does he really earn that much?
ni tanto ni tan calvo or tan poco — there's no need to go that far
no ser para tanto — (fam)
no te pongas así, no es para tanto — come on, there's no need to get like that about it
duele, pero no es para tanto — it hurts, but it's not that bad
tanto tienes tanto vales — you are what you own
b) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas)cincuenta y tantas — fifty-odd, fifty or so
c) tanto ( refiriéndose a tiempo) so longaún faltan dos horas - ¿tanto? — there's still two hours to go - what? that long?
2) (en locs)en tanto + subj — as long as, so long as
entre tanto — meanwhile, in the meantime
hasta tanto + subj — (frml)
cuesta $15 y las pilas, casi otro tanto — it costs $15 and then the batteries cost nearly as much again
otro tanto cabe decir de... — the same can be said of...
IVtan siquiera: no pudo ni tan siquiera gritar he couldn't even shout; cómprale tan siquiera unas flores at least buy her some flowers; si tan siquiera me hubieras prevenido! if only you'd warned me!; tan sólo only; tanto es así que... so much so that...; tanto más cuanto que... — especially since...
1) ( cantidad)2) ( punto - en fútbol) goal; (- en fútbol americano) point; (- en tenis, en juegos) point3) (en locs)al tanto: me puso al tanto she put me in the picture; mantenerse al tanto de to keep up to date with; te mantendré al tanto I'll keep you informed; estar al tanto (pendiente, alerta) to be on the ball (colloq); ya está al tanto de lo ocurrido he already knows what's happened; un tanto triste — somewhat o rather o a little sad
* * *I1) [see note under tan] ( aplicado a adjetivo o adverbio) so; ( aplicado a verbo) so muchsi es así, tanto mejor — if that's the case, so much the better
y si no te gusta, tanto peor para ti — and if you don't like it, too bad o (colloq) tough!
no es tan difícil — it's not that difficult
ya no salimos tanto — nowadays we don't go out so often o so much
tan/tanto... que — so... (that)
tan/tanto... como — as... as
sale tanto como tú — he goes out as much o as often as you do
2) (AmL exc RPl)qué tanto/qué tan: ¿qué tan alto es? how tall is he?; ¿qué tanto hay de cierto en eso? — how much of it is true?
3) para locs ver tanto III 2)II- ta adjetivo1)a) (sing) so much; (pl) so manyhabía tanto espacio/tantos niños — there was so much space/there were so many children
tiene tanta fuerza...! — she has such strength...!
tanto/tantos... como as much/as many...as; sufro tanto como ella I suffer as much as she does; no hubo tantos turistas como el año pasado there weren't been as many o so many tourists as last year; tengo tanta suerte como tú — I'm as lucky as you are
b) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas)tenía setenta y tantos años — he was seventy something, he was seventy-odd (colloq)
2) (sing) (fam) ( con valor plural) so manyIII- ta pronombre1)a) (sing) so much; (pl) so manyquería azúcar, pero no tanta — I wanted sugar but not that much
¿de verdad gana tanto? — does he really earn that much?
ni tanto ni tan calvo or tan poco — there's no need to go that far
no ser para tanto — (fam)
no te pongas así, no es para tanto — come on, there's no need to get like that about it
duele, pero no es para tanto — it hurts, but it's not that bad
tanto tienes tanto vales — you are what you own
b) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas)cincuenta y tantas — fifty-odd, fifty or so
c) tanto ( refiriéndose a tiempo) so longaún faltan dos horas - ¿tanto? — there's still two hours to go - what? that long?
2) (en locs)en tanto + subj — as long as, so long as
entre tanto — meanwhile, in the meantime
hasta tanto + subj — (frml)
cuesta $15 y las pilas, casi otro tanto — it costs $15 and then the batteries cost nearly as much again
otro tanto cabe decir de... — the same can be said of...
IVtan siquiera: no pudo ni tan siquiera gritar he couldn't even shout; cómprale tan siquiera unas flores at least buy her some flowers; si tan siquiera me hubieras prevenido! if only you'd warned me!; tan sólo only; tanto es así que... so much so that...; tanto más cuanto que... — especially since...
1) ( cantidad)2) ( punto - en fútbol) goal; (- en fútbol americano) point; (- en tenis, en juegos) point3) (en locs)al tanto: me puso al tanto she put me in the picture; mantenerse al tanto de to keep up to date with; te mantendré al tanto I'll keep you informed; estar al tanto (pendiente, alerta) to be on the ball (colloq); ya está al tanto de lo ocurrido he already knows what's happened; un tanto triste — somewhat o rather o a little sad
* * *tanto1* al tanto = in the know, in step.* al tanto de = on the lookout for, on the alert for, in step with.* debe por lo tanto ser una consecuencia lógica que = it must therefore follow that.* en tanto por ciento = percentage-wise.* estar al tanto = monitor + developments.* estar al tanto de = be on the lookout for, keep + track of, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.* estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.* mantenerse al tanto = stay + tuned.* mantenerse al tanto de = keep in + sync, keep + a finger on the pulse of, keep + track of, stay in + step with, keep in + step with, keep + step with.* mantenerse al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.* mantenerse al tanto de las noticias = keep up with + the news.* mantenerse al tanto de los avances = track + developments.* mientras tanto = in (the) meantime, meantime, ad interim.* no estar al tanto de = be out of touch with.* otros tantos = as many.* poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.* poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.* poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.* ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.* ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.* por lo tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.* por tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.tanto2= so much, so + Participio, quite so much.Ex: It is rather a pity that book reviewers tend to ignore this very popular genre so much.
Ex: On the other hand, 626 is now unused, for the subject to which it was originally allocated, Canal engineering, has so decreased in importance that it no longer justifies a separate heading.Ex: But we are not then acting quite so much out of blindness or inarticulateness; we are selfishly or fearfully or wilfully trying to short-circuit what we know underneath to be more nearly the true state of things.* cada tanto = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.* cada tantos minutos = every few minutes.* cada tantos + Período de Tiempo = every few + Período de Tiempo.* cada tanto tiempo = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.* cambiar tanto que resulta irreconocible = change + beyond (all) recognition.* con tan buenos resultados = to such good effect.* con tan poca antelación = at such short notice.* con tan poca anticipación = at such short notice.* con tanta frecuencia = so often.* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.* dinero que tanto ha costado ganar = hard-earned money.* durante tanto tiempo = for so long, so long.* durante tanto tiempo como sea posible = for as long as possible.* en tanto en cuanto = as long as, so long as.* en tanto en cuanto que = inasmuch as, insomuch as.* en tanto en cuanto + Subjuntivo = provided (that).* en tanto que = insofar as [in so far as].* es por lo tanto deducible = it therefore follows that.* es por lo tanto lógico que = it therefore follows that.* estar mareado de tanto trabajo = be reeling.* estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish, moreish.* nada menos que + Nombre + tan + Adjetivo + como = no less + Adjetivo + Nombre + than.* no ser tan bueno como se dice = not + it's cracked up to be.* no tan bueno = not-so-good.* quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.* ser tan buen momento como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.* ser un momento tan bueno como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.* tan = all too + Adjetivo.* tan + Adjetivo = most + Adjetivo, so + Adjetivo, as + Adjetivo + as that.* tan + Adjetivo/Adverbio = all that + Adjetivo/Adverbio.* tan + Adjetivo + como = as + Adjetivo + as, every bit as + Adjetivo + as.* tan + Adjetivo + como de costumbre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.* tan + Adjetivo + como siempre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.* tan + Adverbio = ever so + Adverbio.* tan amado de todos = so beloved of all.* tan amado por todos = so beloved of all.* tan a menudo = so often.* tan anunciado = much-vaunted, much-touted, long-heralded, much-heralded.* tan astuto como un zorro = as sly as a fox, as wily as a fox.* tan borracho como una cuba = as drunk as a lord, as drunk as a newt, as drunk as a skunk.* tan bueno como ningún otro = as good as any.* tan cacareado = much-vaunted, much-touted, long-heralded, much-heralded, much acclaimed.* tan claro como el agua = as clear as a bell.* tan duro como el pedernal = as hard as nails.* tan duro como la piedra = as hard as nails.* tan duro como la suela de un zapato = as tough as leather, as tough as nails, as tough as nuts, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.* tan duro como una piedra = as hard as nails, as tough as nuts, as tough as nails, as tough as leather, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.* tan fácil como coser y cantar = as simple as ABC.* tan famoso = much acclaimed.* tan fresco = as cool as a cucumber.* tan inocente como un bebé = as innocent as a lamb.* tan lejano como = as far afield as.* tan lejos como = as far away as.* tan manso como un cordero = as meek as a lamb.* tan pancho = as cool as a cucumber, unfazed.* tan pregonado = much-vaunted.* tan pronto = quite so soon.* tan pronto como = as soon as, just as soon as, no sooner... than.* tan pronto como + Pronombre + sea posible = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.* tan pronto como sea posible = as soon as possible (asap), at an early a juncture as possible.* tan querido de todos = so beloved of all.* tan querido por todos = so beloved of all.* tan rápido como una liebre = as quick as a wink.* tan rápido como un rayo = as quick as a wink.* tan rápido como un relámpago = as quick as a wink.* tan renombrado = much acclaimed.* tan simple como = with as little ado as.* tan sordo como una tapia = as deaf as a post.* tan sorprendente como pueda parecer = as amazing as it seems.* tan suave como el terciopelo = as smooth as silk, as soft as velvet.* tan suave como la seda = as soft as silk, as smooth as silk.* tan suave como un guante = as meek as a lamb.* tanto como = as many... as..., as much as + Adjetivo, both... and..., no less than, equally, if not, so much as.* tanto como sea posible = as far as possible.* tanto como siempre = as much as ever.* tanto es así que = so much so that.* tanto mejor = so much the better.* tanto por ciento = percentage.* tanto que = so much so that, insomuch that.* tantos = so many.* tanto tiempo = so much time, this long, such a very long time.* tan tranquilo = unfazed.* tardar tanto tiempo en = take + so long to.* uno más de tantos en la organización = a cog in the machine.* uno más de tantos en la organización = a cog in the wheel.* un tanto + Adjetivo = vaguely + Adjetivo.tanto33 = goal.Ex: Kristen Taylor leads Carolina with three goals and an assist.
* encargado de anotar los tantos = scorer.* marcar un tanto = score, poach + a goal, score + goal.* tanto de la victoria = winning goal.* tanto del empate = equaliser [equalizer, -USA].* * *es tan difícil de describir it's so difficult to describe¡es una chica tan amable! she's such a nice girl!¡te he echado tanto de menos! I've missed you so much!si es así, tanto mejor if that's the case, so much the bettery si no te gusta, tanto peor para ti and if you don't like it, too bad o ( colloq) tough!vamos, no es tan difícil come on, it's not that difficult¡y tanto! and how!el tan esperado acontecimiento the long-awaited eventya no cenamos afuera tanto nowadays we don't eat out so often o so muchde tanto que habla te marea he talks so much he makes your head spines tanto más importante cuanto que es su única fuente de ingresos ( frml); it is all the more important because it is his only source of incomeno deberías trabajar/gastar tanto you shouldn't work so hard/spend so muchtan/tanto … QUE:llegó tan tarde que ya no había nadie he arrived so late (that) everybody had gonetanto insistió que no tuve más remedio que quedarme he was so insistent that I just had to staytan/tanto … COMO:no es tan tímida como parece she's not as shy as she lookssale tanto como tú/como se lo permiten los compromisos he goes out as much o as often as you do/as his commitments allowtan pronto como le sea posible as soon as you can, as soon as possibleno han mejorado tanto como para poder ganar el torneo they haven't improved enough to win the tournamenttanto Suárez como Vargas votaron en contra both Suárez and Vargas voted againstte lo cobran tanto si lo comes como si no lo comes they charge you for it whether you eat it or notB( AmL exc CS): qué tanto/qué tan: ¿qué tan alto es? how tall is he?es difícil decir qué tanto hay de autobiográfico en la novela it is difficult to say how much of the novel is autobiographicalA1 ( sing) so much; (pl) so manyno sabía que había tanto espacio/tantas habitaciones I didn't know there was so much space/there were so many roomshabía tantísima gente ( fam); there were so many o such a lot of people¡tiene tanta fuerza …! she has such strength …!, she is so strong …!¡tanto tiempo sin verte! it's been so long!, it's been such a long time!tanto … QUE:comió tanto chocolate que le hizo mal he ate so much chocolate (that) it made him illtanto … COMO:tengo tanto derecho como el que más I've got as much right as anyone else o as the next manno ha habido tantos turistas como el año pasado there haven't been as many o so many tourists as last year2 ( fam)(expresando cantidades indeterminadas): tenía setenta y tantos años he was seventy something, he was seventy-odd ( colloq)mil quinientos y tantos pesos one thousand five hundred and something pesos, fifteen hundred something pesos ( AmE)había tanto mosquito que no pudimos dormir there were so many mosquitoes we couldn't sleepA1 ( sing) so much; (pl) so many¿no querías azúcar? — sí, pero no tanta didn't you want sugar? — yes, but not that muchvinieron tantos que no alcanzaron los asientos so many people came there weren't enough seatses uno de tantos he's one of many¡tengo tanto que hacer! I've so much to do!¿de verdad gana tanto? does he really earn that much?ni tanto ni tan calvo or tan poco there's no need to go that farno es para tanto ( fam): no te pongas así, hombre; tampoco es para tanto come on, there's no need to get like that about itduele un poco, pero no es para tanto it hurts a bit, but it's not that badno pinta mal pero tampoco es para tanto she's not a bad artist but she's not that goodtanto tienes, tanto vales you are what you own2 ( fam)(expresando cantidades indeterminadas): hasta las tantas de la madrugada until the early hours of the morningte cobran tanto por folio/por minuto they charge you so much a sheet/a minuteen el año mil ochocientos treinta y tantos in eighteen thirty-somethingcincuenta y tantas fifty-odd, fifty or so3tanto (refiriéndose a tiempo) so longhace tanto que no me llama she hasn't called me for such a long time o for so long, it's been so long since she called metodavía faltan dos horas — ¿tanto? there's still two hours to go — what? that long?B ( en locs):en tanto whileen tanto ella atendía a los clientes, él cocinaba while she served the customers, he did the cookingen tanto + SUBJ as long as, so long asen tanto tú estés aquí as long as you're hereentre tanto meanwhile, in the meantimehasta tanto + SUBJ( frml): hasta tanto (no) se solucione este conflicto until this conflict is solvedotro tanto: otro tanto cabe decir de su política exterior the same can be said of their foreign policyme queda otro tanto por hacer I have as many again still to docuesta unos $15 y las pilas, casi otro tanto it costs about $15 and then the batteries cost nearly as much againpor (lo) tanto thereforetan siquiera: ¡si tan siquiera me hubieras prevenido! if only you'd warned me!no le escribió ni tan siquiera una notita he didn't even write her a little notecómprale tan siquiera unas flores at least buy her some flowers o buy her some flowers, at leasttan sólo onlytenía tan sólo cuatro años he was only four years oldpor tan sólo dos mil pesos for only o for as little as two thousand pesostanto es así or tan así es so much sose sentía mal, tanto es así que no quiso comer she felt ill, so much so that she didn't want anything to eattanto más cuanto que specially since, all the more so becausees importante, tanto más cuanto que es su única fuente de ingresos it's important, specially since o all the more so because it's his only source of incomeA(cantidad): recibe un tanto por ciento por cada venta she gets a percentage o a certain percentage on every saletienes que entregar un tanto de depósito you have to put down so much o a certain amount as a depositapuntarse un tanto to score a pointC ( en locs):al tanto: me puso al tanto she put me in the pictureme mantengo al tanto de lo que pasa en el mundo I keep abreast of o I keep up to date with what is going on in the worldte mantendré al tanto I'll keep you informedya está al tanto de lo ocurrido he already knows what's happenedestáte al tanto para cuando venga keep an eye out for him ( colloq)un tanto somewhat, rather, a littleun tanto triste somewhat o rather o a little sad* * *
tanto 1 adverbio
1 [ see note under
( aplicado a verbo) so much;
¡es una chica tan amable! she's such a nice girl!;
tanto mejor so much the better;
tan solo only;
tanto es así que … so much so that …;
ya no salimos tanto we don't go out so often o so much now;
llegó tan tarde que … he arrived so late (that) …;
no es tan tímida como parece she's not as shy as she looks;
sale tanto como tú he goes out as much as you do;
tan pronto como puedas as soon as you can;
tanto Suárez como Vargas votaron en contra both Suárez and Vargas voted against
2 (AmL exc RPl)◊ qué tanto/qué tan: ¿qué tanto te duele? how much does it hurt?;
¿qué tan alto es? how tall is he?
■ sustantivo masculino
1 ( cantidad):
hay que dejar un tanto de depósito you have to put down a certain amount as a deposit
2 ( punto — en fútbol) goal;
(— en fútbol americano, tenis, juegos) point
3 ( en locs)◊ al tanto: me puso al tanto she put me in the picture;
mantenerse al tanto de algo to keep up to date with sth;
estar al tanto (pendiente, alerta) to be on the ball (colloq);
está al tanto de lo ocurrido he knows what's happened;
un tanto somewhat, rather;
un tanto triste somewhat sad
tanto 2◊ -ta adjetivo
(pl) so many;◊ había tanto espacio/tantos niños there was so much space/there were so many children;
¡tanto tiempo sin verte! it's been so long!;
tanto dinero/tantos turistas como … as much money/as many tourists as …b) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas):
■ pronombre
1
(pl) so many;◊ ¡tengo tanto que hacer! I've so much to do!;
vinieron tantos que … so many people came (that) …;
¿de verdad gana tanto? does he really earn that much?;
no ser para tanto (fam): duele, pero no es para tanto it hurts, but it's not that badb) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas):
treinta y tantas thirty or soc) ( refiriéndose a tiempo):
aún faltan dos horas — ¿tanto? there's still two hours to go — what? that long?
2 ( en locs)
entre tanto meanwhile, in the meantime;
otro tanto as much again;
me queda otro tanto por hacer I have as much again still to do;
por (lo) tanto therefore
tanto,-a
I adjetivo & pron
1 (gran cantidad, mucho) (con singular) so much
(con plural) so many: ¿cómo puedes ahorrar tanto (dinero)?, how are you able to save so much money?
no necesito tantos folios, I don't need so many sheets of paper
¡hace tanto tiempo!, it's been so long!
no es para tanto, it's not that bad
2 (cantidad imprecisa) le costó cuarenta y tantos dólares, it cost her forty-odd dollars
tiene cincuenta y tantos años, he's fifty something o fifty-odd
3 (en comparaciones: con singular) as much
(: en plural) as many: tiene tantos amigos como tú, he has as many friends as you
II adverbio tanto 1 (hasta tal punto) so much: no deberías beber tanto, you shouldn't drink so much
si vienes con nosotros, tanto mejor, if you come with us, so much the better
tanto peor, so much the worse
2 (referido a tiempo) so long: tardé un mes en escribirlo, - ¿tanto?, I spent one month writing it, - so long?
(a menudo) ya no sale tanto, nowadays he doesn't go out so often
III sustantivo masculino tanto 1 Dep point
Ftb goal
2 (una cantidad determinada) a certain amount
♦ Locuciones: figurado apuntarse un tanto, to score a point
estar al tanto, to be up-to-date
poner al tanto, to put sb in the picture
a las tantas: me llamó a las tantas de la madrugada/de la noche, she phoned me in the early hours of the morning/very late at night
entre tanto, meanwhile
otro tanto, as much again
por lo tanto, therefore
tanto (...) como (...), both: tanto Pedro como María, both Pedro and María
tanto por ciento, percentage
un tanto, somewhat, rather, a bit
un tanto cansado, rather tired
¡y tanto!, and how!
' tanto' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
alquilar
- amargada
- amargado
- atonía
- bar
- calva
- calvo
- ciento
- cuñada
- cuñado
- embrutecerse
- empañar
- escarnio
- fastidio
- griterío
- gusto
- hartar
- hermano
- histórica
- histórico
- idiotizar
- licuación
- marcar
- mejor
- mientras
- mucha
- mucho
- normal
- objeto
- padre
- para
- parecerse
- permitirse
- que
- ronca
- ronco
- satisfacción
- sobrino
- tanta
- tela
- toda
- todo
- tutearse
- ver
- vencerse
- anotar
- anular
- apuntar
- arreglar
- así
English:
acquaint
- all
- alone
- as
- awaken
- ball
- better
- bog down
- both
- critical
- delay
- din
- ear
- excitement
- fall apart
- fuss over
- hence
- labour
- lie down
- meantime
- meanwhile
- monopolize
- much
- must
- name
- neither
- packaging
- picture
- point
- privy
- rupture
- score
- scorer
- so
- somewhat
- song
- spin out
- stretch out
- such
- that
- therefore
- this
- whereas
- work
- alike
- begrudge
- cope
- every
- fail
- follow
* * *tanto, -a♦ adj1. [gran cantidad] [singular] so much;[plural] so many;tanto dinero so much money, such a lot of money;tanta gente so many people;tiene tanto entusiasmo/tantos amigos que… she is so enthusiastic/has so many friends that…;Famnunca había visto tanto niño junto en mi vida I'd never seen so many children in one place;de tanto gritar se quedó afónico he lost his voice from all that shouting, he shouted so much that he lost his voice;¡tanto quejarse del tiempo y luego se mudan a Alaska! they never stop complaining about the weather and then they move to Alaska!2. [cantidad indeterminada] [singular] so much;[plural] so many;nos daban tantos pesos al día they used to give us so many pesos per day;hay cuarenta y tantos candidatos there are forty-odd o forty or so candidates;tiene treinta y tantos años she's thirty-something o thirty-odd;nos conocimos en el año sesenta y tantos we met in nineteen sixty-something3. [en comparaciones]tanto… como as much… as;tantos… como as many… as;hoy no hay tanta gente como ayer there aren't as many people today as yesterday♦ pron1. [tan gran cantidad] [singular] so much;[plural] so many;tenemos tanto de qué hablar we have so much o such a lot to talk about;¿cómo puedes tener tantos? how can you have so many?;éramos tantos que faltó comida there were so many of us we ran out of food;ser uno de tantos to be nothing special2. [cantidad indeterminada] [singular] so much;[plural] so many;si el petróleo está a tanto el barril… if oil costs so much a barrel…;a tantos de agosto on such and such a date in August;debe de andar por los cuarenta y tantos he must be forty-odd;ocurrió en el sesenta y tantos it happened in nineteen sixty-something3. [igual cantidad] [singular] as much;[plural] as many;tantos as many;tantos como desees as many as you like;había mucha gente aquí, pero allí no había tanta there were a lot of people here, but there weren't as many there;otro tanto as much again, the same again;otro tanto le ocurrió a los demás the same thing happened to the rest of them;ponme otro tanto same again, please;Famni tanto ni tan calvo there's no need to go to extremes;Esptanto monta, monta tanto it makes no difference, it's all the same to me/him/ etc♦ adv1. [mucho][tiempo] so long (that…);tanto (que…) [cantidad] so much (that…);no bebas tanto don't drink so much;de eso hace tanto que ya no me acordaba it's been so long since that happened that I don't even remember;la aprecia tanto que… he's so fond of her that…;ya no llueve tanto it's not raining as much o so hard now;ya no vienen tanto por aquí they don't come here so often o as much any more;la quiero, pero no tanto I like her, but not that much;quizás tardemos una hora en llegar – ¡no tanto! it may take us an hour to get there – it won't take that long!;¿nos denunciarán? – no creo que la cosa llegue a tanto will they report us? – I don't think it will come to that;no es para tanto [no es tan grave, malo] it's not too serious;[no te enfades] there's no need to get so upset about it, it's not such a big deal;¿el mejor escritor de la historia? yo creo que no es para tanto the best writer ever? I don't see what all the fuss is about myself;faltan cien kilómetros todavía – ¿tanto? there are still a hundred kilometres to go – as much as that?;tanto (es así) que… so much so that…;odia las fiestas, tanto es así que no celebra ni su cumpleaños he hates parties, so much so that he doesn't even celebrate his own birthday;tanto más cuanto que… all the more so because…;tanto mejor/peor so much the better/worse;si no nos quieren invitar, tanto peor para ellos if they don't want to invite us, that's their loss;¡y tanto! absolutely!, you bet!;hay cosas más importantes en la vida – ¡y tanto! there are more important things in life – there certainly are! o that's too true!me gusta tanto como a ti I like it (just) as much as you do;la casa está deteriorada, pero no tanto como para demolerla the house is in a poor state of repair, but not so as you'd want to demolish it;tanto hombres como mujeres both men and women;tanto si estoy en casa como si no whether I'm at home or notno importa qué tanto sepan de tecnología it doesn't matter how much they know about technology♦ nm1. [punto] point;[gol] goal;marcar un tanto to scoretanto directo de saque [en tenis] ace;tanto de saque [en tenis] service point2. [ventaja] point;apuntarse un tanto (a favor) to earn a point in one's favoures un tanto pesada she's a bit of a bore o rather boring;se le ve un tanto triste he seems rather sadte cobran un tanto por la reparación y otro por el desplazamiento they charge you so much o a certain amount for the repair work and on top of that a call-out charge;un tanto así [acompañado de un gesto] this muchtanto por ciento percentage;¿qué tanto por ciento de IVA llevan los libros? what percentage Br VAT o US sales tax do you pay on books?♦ al tanto loc advsiempre está al tanto de todo she always knows everything that's going on;no estoy al tanto de lo que ha pasado I'm not up to date with what happened;te mantendremos al tanto we'll keep you informed;mantenerse al tanto (de algo) to keep up to date (on sth), to keep oneself informed (about sth);poner a alguien al tanto (de algo) to inform sb (about sth)♦ en tanto que loc conj1. [mientras, hasta que] while;espera en tanto que acabamos wait while we finish2. [mientras, pero] while, whereas;él dimitió en tanto que los demás siguieron en el cargo he resigned while o whereas the others remained in their posts♦ en tanto que loc prep[como] as;en tanto que director, me corresponde la decisión as manager, it's for me to decide♦ entre tanto loc adv[mientras] meanwhile;haz las camas y entre tanto, yo lavo los platos you make the beds and, meanwhile, I'll do the dishes♦ hasta tanto loc conj[hasta que] until;hasta tanto no se reúnan until they meet♦ por (lo) tanto loc conjtherefore, so* * *comí tantos pasteles que me puse malo I ate so many candies that I was ill;no vimos tantos pájaros como ayer we didn’t see as many birds as we did yesterdayun tanto a little;uno de tantos one of many;tienes tanto you have so much;no hay tantos como ayer there aren’t as many as yesterday;a las tantas de la noche in the small hourstardó tanto como él she took as long as him;tanto mejor so much the better;no es para tanto it’s not such a big deal;a tanto no llega things aren’t as bad as that;tanto es así que … so much so that…;tanto (me) da I don’t really care;¡y tanto! yeah!, right on!:por lo tanto therefore, so;entre tanto meanwhile;ella trabajaba en tanto que él veía la televisión she was working while he was watching televisionV m1 point;marcar un tanto DEP score a point;tanto por ciento percentage2:estar al tanto be informed (de about)3:él es muy inteligente, y ella otro tanto he is very intelligent and so is she o and she is too* * *tanto adv1) : so muchtanto mejor: so much the better2) : so long¿por qué te tardaste tanto?: why did you take so long?tanto, -ta adj1) : so much, so many, suchno hagas tantas preguntas: don't ask so many questionstiene tanto encanto: he has such charm, he's so charming2) : as much, as manycome tantos dulces como yo: she eats as many sweets as I do3) : odd, however manycuarenta y tantos años: forty-odd yearstanto nm1) : certain amount2) : goal, point (in sports)3)al tanto : abreast, in the picture4)un tanto : somewhat, ratherun tanto cansado: rather tiredtanto, -ta pron1) : so much, so manytiene tanto que hacer: she has so much to do¡no me des tantos!: don't give me so many!2)entre tanto : meanwhile3)por lo tanto : therefore* * *tanto1 adj pron1. (con nombres incontables) so much2. (con nombres contables) so many¡hay tantos mosquitos! there are so many mosquitoes!tanto... como as much... as / as many... as... y tantos... somethingtanto2 adv1. (en general) so much2. (tiempo) so longtardabas tanto, que me fui you took so long, that I wenttanto... como... both... and...tanto3 n point / goal -
44 GANGA
* * *I)(geng; gekk, gengum; genginn), v.1) to walk (reið jarl, en Karkr gekk);2) to go;ganga heim, to go home;ganga braut, to go away;ganga til hvílu, to go to bed;ganga á skip, to go on board;ganga af skipi, to go ashore;with infin., ganga sofa or at sofa, to go to sleep;ganga at eiga konu, to marry a woman;3) to go about grazing, to graze (kálfrinn gekk í túni um sumarit);4) of a ship, to run, sail (gekk skipit brátt út á haf);5) to stretch out, extend, project (nes mikit gekk í sæ út);6) of report, tales, to be current (litlar sögur megu ganga af hesti mínum);7) to prevail;gekk þaðan af í Englandi Valska, thereafter the French tongue prevailed in E.;8) of money, to be current (peningar þeir, sem nú ganga);of laws, to be valid (þau lög, er gengu á Uppsalaþingi);of sickness, plague, famine, to rage (þá gekk landfarsótt, drepsótt, hallæri);9) to go on, last (gnustu þá saman vápnin, ok gekk þat um hríð);impers., gekk því lengi, so it went on for a long while;10) láta ganga e-t, to let go on;láta höggin ganga, to rain blows;Birkibeinar létu ganga lúðrana, blew the trumpets vigorously;11) to succeed;ef þat gengr eigi, if that will not do;impers., svá þykt, at þeim gekk þar eigi at fara, so close, that they could not go on there;þeim gekk ekki fyrir nesit, they could not clear the ness;12) to turn out, go in a specified way;ganga andæris, to go all wrong;mart gengr verr en varir, many a thing goes worse than is looked for;gekk þeim lítt atsókinn, they made little progress with the attack;impers., e-m gengr vel (illa), one fares (goes on, gets on) well (badly);13) with acc., ganga e-n á bak, to force one to go backwards (harm gengr bjöninn á bak);14) with dat., to discharge (gekk bann þá blóði);15) with preps. and adverbs:ganga af e-u, to depart from, leave (þá gekk af honum móðrinn);ganga af vitinu, to go out of one’s wits;ganga af trú sinni, to apostatize;to pass (síðan gengu af páskarnir);to go off (gekk þegar af höfuðit);to be left as surplus (þat er af skuldinni gekk);nú gengr honum hey af, now he has some hay left;ganga af sér, to go to extremities, to go beyond oneself (mjök ganga þeir fóstbrœðr nú af sé);ganga aptr, to revert (return) to the former proprietor (síðan gengu þau lönd aptr undir Árna);to be void, annulled (þá skal kaup aptr ganga);of a ghost, to walk again; of a door, to close, shut (gekk eigi aptr hurðin);ganga at e-m, to attack one;ganga at e-u, to agree to, accept a choice or offer (Flosi gekk fljótt at þessu öllu); to fit (skaltu fá mér lukla þá, sem ganga at kistum yðrum);ganga á e-t, to encroach upon (ganga á ríki e-s); to break (ganga á orð sín, eiða, grið, sættir, trygðir); to pierce, penetrate;hann var í panzara, er ekki gekk á, that was proof against any weapons;ganga á vald e-s or e-m, ganga á hönd (hendr) e-m, to submit to, give oneself up to, surrender to one;ganga á bak e-u, to contravene;ganga eptir e-u, to go for, go to fetch (göngum heim eptir verðinu); to pursue, claim;ganga eptir, to prove true, be fulfilled (þetta gekk allt eptir, sem M. sagði fyrir);ganga frá e-u, to part with, lose (sumir munu ganga frá öllu fénu);ganga fram, to step forward;ganga fram vel, to go forward bravely, in a battle;to come to pass, come into execution (skal þess bíða, er þetta gengr fram);to increase (fé Hall gerðar gekk fram ok gørðist allmikit);to depart this life (H. bóndi gengr fram til frænda sinna);ganga fyrir e-n, to present oneself before one (ganga fyrir konung);ganga fyrir e-u, to take charge of, manage (var þar mart fólk, en húsbóndi gekk svá fyrir, at ekkert skorti); to yield to, be swayed by (hann gekk þá fyrir fortölum hennar);ganga í gegn e-m, to set oneself against one;ganga í gegn e-u, to confess, acknowledge;maðr gengr í gegn, at á braut kveðst tekit hafa, the man confessed and said that he had taken it away;ganga í mál, to undertake a case;ganga með e-m (of a woman), to marry;ganga með barni, to be with child;ganga með burði (of animals), to be with young;ganga með e-u, to assist in, plead (ganga með máli, bónorði);ganga milli (á m., í m.), to go between, intercede;ganga móti (á m., í m.) e-m, to go to meet one;ganga móti e-u, to resist, oppose;to confess, = ganga í gegn, ganga við e-u;ganga nær e-m, to be troublesome to one (þótti hón œrit nær ganga Þórgerði);ganga e-m nær, to approach, come near to one (sá hefir á brott komizt, er næst gekk Gunnari um alla hluti);ganga saman, to marry;of an agreement, bargain, to be brought about;saman gekk kaupit með þeim, they came to a bargain;ganga sundr (í s.), to go asunder, part;ganga til, to go up to a thing (gangit til ok hyggit at); of the wind, to veer (veðrit gekk til útsuðrs);e-m gengr e-t til e-s, one has some reason for doing a thing;en þat gekk mér til þess (that was my reason), at ek ann þér eigi;hversu hefir ykkr til gengit, how have you fared?Loka gekk lítt til, it fared ill with L.;ganga um e-t, to go about a thing;ganga um beina, to wait upon guests;ganga um sættir, to go between, as peacemaker;ganga um e-n, to befall, happen to one (þess, er um margan gengr guma); of the wind, to go round, veer (gekk um veðrit ok styrmdi at þeim); to manage (fékk hón svá um gengit, at);ganga undan, to escape to absent oneself;g. undir e-t, to take upon oneself, undertake (a duty);ganga undir e-n, to subject oneself to;ganga upp, to be wasted (of money);to get loose, to he torn loose (þeir glímdu svá at upp gengu stokkar allir á húsinu);of a storm, gale, to get up, rise (veðr gekk upp);of an ice-bound river, áin var gengin upp, swollen with ice;ganga við staf, to walk with a stick;ganga við e-u or e-t, to avow;ganga yfir e-t, to go beyond, disregard (hann vildi eigi ganga yfir þat, er hann vissi réttast);ganga yfir e-n, to overcome, to befall, happen to one;slíkt sem yfir hefir gengit, all that has happened;eitt skal yfir okkr ganga, we shall share one fate;16) refl., gangast.f.1) walking (hann mœddist í göngu);vera í göngu, to be on foot, to walk;2) course (ganga tungls, vinds).* * *pret. gekk or gékk, 2nd pers. gékkt, mod. gékst; pl. gengu, geingu, or géngu, and an old poët. gingu; gengengu in Vsp. 12 is a mere misspelling (vide Sæm. Möb. 258); pres. geng, pl. göngum; pret. subj. gengi (geingi); imperat. gakk and gakktú; with the neg. suffix geng-at, gengr-at, gékk-at, gakk-attu, passim; a middle form göngumk firr, go from me, Gm. 1: a contracted form gá occurs now and then in mod. hymns; it is not vernacular but borrowed from Germ. and Dan.: [cp. Ulf. gaggan; A. S. and Hel. gangan; Scot. and North. E. gang, mod. Engl. go; Dan.-Swed. gange or gå; Germ. gehen; Ivar Aasen ganga: Icel., Scots, and Norsemen have preserved the old ng, which in Germ. and Swed.-Dan. only remains in poetry or in a special sense, e. g. in Germ. compds.]A. To go:I. to walk; reið jarl en Karkr gékk, Fms. i. 210, Rm. 1, 2, 6, 14, 23, 24, 30, Edda 10, Grág. ii. 95, passim; ganga leiðar sinnar, to go one’s way, Fms. x. 290, Krók. 26: adding acc., g. alla leið, Fms. xi. 202, 299; g. berg, to climb a cliff; g. afréttar, to search the fell-pastures (fjallganga), Háv. 39; also g. ( to climb) í fjall, í kletta, Fms. x. 313: Icel. also say, ganga skó og sokka, to wear out shoes and socks; hann gékk tvenna skó; ganga berserks gang, q. v.β. absol. to go a-begging, Grág. i. 226, 232, Ísl. ii. 25; ganga vergang, húsgang, id. (göngumaðr).II. adding adverbs, infinitives, adjectives, or the like,α. an adverb denoting direction; g. út ok inn, Vkv. 4, Lv. 26; g. inn, Fms. i. 16, vi. 33; g. út, to go out, Lat. exire, Nj. 194; g. aptr, to return, Fms. x. 352; g. fram, to step forward, Hm. 1, Eg. 165; g. upp, to go up, ashore; g. ofan, niðr, to go down; g. heiman, 199; g. heim, to go home; gakk hingat, come hither! 488; g. móti, í gegn e-m, to go against, to meet one; g. braut, to go away; g. til e-s, or at e-m, to go to one; g. frá e-m, to leave one; g. með e-m, to go with one; g. hjá, to pass by; g. saman, to go together; g. yfir, to go over; g. gegnum, to go through; g. undir, to go under; g. undan, fyrir, to go before; g. eptir, to go behind; g. um, to rove, stroll about, and so on passim; g. í sæti, to go to one’s seat, take a seat, Eg. 551; g. til hvílu, to go to bed, Nj. 201; g. til matar, to go to dinner, Sturl. iii. 111, Eg. 483; g. til vinnu, verks, to go to one’s work, cp. Hm. 58; g. í kirkju, to go to church, Rb. 82; g. á fjall, to go on the fells, Hrafn. 34; g. á skip, to go on board, Fms. x. 10; g. af skipi, to go ashore.β. with infin., in old poems often dropping ‘at;’ ganga sofa, to go to sleep, Fm. 27; g. at sofa, Hm. 19; g. vega, to go to fight, Vsp. 56, Ls. 15; g. at eiga konu, to go to be married, Grág. i. 318.γ. with an adj.; g. hræddr, to be afraid; g. úviss, to be in ignorance, etc., Fms. vii. 271, Sks. 250, 688.2. in a more special sense; g. til einvígis, bardaga, to go to a duel, battle, Nj. 64; g. á hólm (hólmganga), Eg. 504, 506; g. á eintal, Nj. 103; g. til máls við e-n, to speak to one, Eg. 199, 764; g. í glímu, to go a-wrestling, Ísl. ii. 246; g. á fang, id., Ld. 206; g. í danz, to go a-dancing; g. til skripta, to go to shrift, Hom. 157; g. at brúðkaupi, to go to be married, Fms. vii. 278; g. í skóla, klaustr, to go to school, go into a cloister (as an inmate), (hence skóla-genginn, a school-man, scholar), Bs. passim; g. í þjónustu, to take service, Nj. 268; g. í lið með e-m, to enter one’s party, side with one, 100; g. í lög, to enter a league with one; g. ór lögum, to go out of a league, passim; g. í félag, ór félagi, id.; g. á mala, to take service as a soldier, 121; g. á hönd, g. til handa, to submit to one as a liegeman, surrender, Eg. 19, 33, Ó. H. 184, Fms. vii. 180; g. á vald e-m, to give oneself up, Nj. 267; g. á hendr e-m, to encroach upon, Ver. 56; g. í skuld, to bail, Grág. i. 232, Dipl. ii. 12; g. í trúnað, to warrant, Fms. xi. 356; g. til trygða, Nj. 166, and g. til griða, to accept truce, surrender, Fas. ii. 556; g. í mál, to enter, undertake a case, Nj. 31; g. í ánauð, to go into bondage, Eg. 8; g. til lands, jarðar, ríkis, arfs, to take possession of …, 118, Stj. 380, Grág., Fms. passim; g. til fréttar, to go to an oracle, take auspices, 625. 89; g. til Heljar, a phrase for to die, Fms. x. 414; g. nær, to go nigh, go close to, press hard on, Ld. 146, 322, Fms. xi. 240 (where reflex.); var sá viðr bæði mikill og góðr því at Þorkell gékk nær, Th. kept a close eye on it, Ld. 316.B. Joined with prepp. and adverbs in a metaph. sense:—g. af, to depart from, go off; þá gékk af honum móðrinn ok sefaðisk hann, Edda 28; þá er af honum gékk hamremin, Eg. 125, Eb. 136, Stj. 118; g. af sér, to go out of or beyond oneself; mjök g. þeir svari-bræðr nú af sér, Fbr. 32; í móti Búa er hann gengr af sér ( rages) sem mest, Fb. i. 193; þá gékk mest af sér ranglæti manna um álnir, Bs. i. 135: so in the mod. phrases, g. fram af sér, to overstrain oneself; and g. af sér, to fall off, decay: to forsake, g. af trú, to apostatize, Fms. ii. 213; g. af vitinu, to go out of one’s wits, go mad, Post. 656 C. 31; g. af Guðs boðorðum, Stj. passim: to pass. Páskar g. af, Ld. 200: to be left as surplus (afgangr), Rb. 122, Grág. i. 411, K. Þ. K. 92:—g. aptr, to walk again, of a ghost (aptrganga), Ld. 58, Eb. 278, Fs. 131, 141, passim; and absol., g. um híbýli, to hunt, Landn. 107: to go back, be void, of a bargain, Gþl. 491:—g. at e-m, to go at, attack, Nj. 80, 160: to press on, Grág. i. 51, Dipl. ii. 19 (atgangr): g. at e-u, to accept a choice, Nj. 256; g. at máli, to assist, help, 207: to fit, of a key, lykla þá sem g. at kístum yðrum, Finnb. 234, Fbr. 46 new Ed., N. G. L. i. 383: medic. to ail, e-ð gengr at e-m; ok gengr at barni, and if the bairn ails, 340, freq. in mod. usage of ailment, grief, etc.:—g. á e-t, to go against, encroach upon; ganga á ríki e-s, Fms. i. 2; g. upp á, to tread upon, vii. 166; hverr maðr er ólofat gengr á mál þeirra, who trespasses against their measure, Grág. i. 3: to break, g. á orð, eiða, sættir, trygðir, grið, Finnb. 311, Fms. i. 189, Ld. 234; g. á bak e-u, to contravene, Ísl. ii. 382; ganga á, to go on with a thing, Grág. ii. 363; hence the mod. phrase, mikið gengr á, much going on; hvað gengr á, what is going on? það er farið að g. á það (of a task or work or of stores), it is far advanced, not much left:—g. eptir, to go after, pursue, claim (eptirgangr), Nj. 154, Þórð. 67, Fms. vii. 5; g. eptir e-m, to humour one who is cross, in the phrase, g. eptir e-m með grasið í skónum; vertu ekki að g. eptir stráknum; hann vill láta g. eptir ser (of a spoilt boy, cross fellow): to prove true, follow, hón mælti mart, en þó gékk þat sumt eptir, Nj. 194; eptir gékk þat er mér bauð hugr um, Eg. 21, Fms. x. 211:—g. fram, to go on well in a battle, Nj. 102, 235, Háv. 57 (framgangr): to speed, Nj. 150, Fms. xi. 427: to grow, increase (of stock), fé Hallgerðar gékk fram ok varð allmikit, Nj. 22; en er fram gékk mjök kvikfé Skallagríms, Eg. 136, Vígl. 38: to come to pass, skal þess bíða er þetta gengr fram, Nj. 102, Fms. xi. 22: to die, x. 422:—g. frá, to leave (a work) so and so; g. vel frá, to make good work; g. ílla frá, to make bad work; það er ílla frá því gengið, it is badly done:—g. fyrir, to go before, to yield to, to be swayed by a thing; heldr nú við hót, en ekki geng ek fyrir slíku, Fms. i. 305; þó at vér gangim heldr fyrir blíðu en stríðu, ii. 34, Fb. i. 378, Hom. 68; hvárki gékk hann fyrir blíðyrðum né ógnarmálum, Fms. x. 292; hann gékk þá fyrir fortülum hennar, Bs. i. 742: in mod. usage reflex., gangast fyrir íllu, góðu: to give away, tók hann þá at ganga fyrir, Fb. i. 530: Icel. now say, reflex., gangast fyrir, to fall off, from age or the like (vide fyrirgengiligr): to prevent, skal honum þá eigi fyrnska fyrir g., N. G. L. i. 249; þá er hann sekr þrem mörkum nema nauðsyn gangi fyrir, 14; at þeim gangi lögleg forföll fyrir, Gþl. 12:—g. í gegn, to go against, to meet, in mod. usage to deny, and so it seems to be in Gþl. 156; otherwise in old writers it always means the reverse, viz. to avow, confess; maðr gengr í gegn, at á braut kveðsk tekit hafa, the man confessed and said that he had taken it away, Ísl. ii. 331; ef maðr gengr í gegn legorðinu, Grág. i. 340; sá goði er í gegn gékk ( who acknowledged) þingfesti hans, 20; hann iðraðisk úráðs síns, ok gékk í gegn at hann hefði saklausan selt herra sinn, Sks. 584,—this agrees with the parallel phrase, g. við e-t, mod. g. við e-u, to confess, both in old and mod. usage, id.:—g. hjá, to pass by, to waive a thing, Fms. vi. 168:—g. með, to go with one, to wed, marry (only used of a woman, like Lat. nubere), þú hefir þvert tekit at g. með mér, Ld. 262, Sd. 170, Grág. i. 178, Þiðr. 209, Gkv. 2. 27, Fms. xi. 5: medic., g. með barni, to go with child, i. 57; with acc. (barn), Bs. i. 790, and so in mod. usage; a mother says, sama sumarið sem eg gékk með hann (hana) N. N., (meðgöngutími); but dat. in the phrase, vera með barni, to be with child; g. með burði, of animals, Sks. 50, Stj. 70; g. með máli, to assist, plead, Eg. 523, Fms. xi. 105, Eb. 210; g. með e-u, to confess [Dan. medgaae], Stj., but rare and not vernacular:—g. milli, to go between, intercede, esp. as a peacemaker, passim (milli-ganga, meðal-ganga):—g. í móti, to resist, Nj. 90, 159, 171: of the tide, en þar gékk í móti útfalls-straumr, Eg. 600:—g. saman, to go together, marry, Grág. i. 324, Fms. xi. 77: of a bargain, agreement, við þetta gékk saman sættin, Nj. 250; saman gékk kaupit með þeim, 259:—g. sundr, to go asunder, part, and of a bargain, to be broken off, passim:—g. til, to step out, come along; gangit til, ok blótið, 623. 59; gangit til, ok hyggit at, landsmenn, Fms. iv. 282: to offer oneself, to volunteer, Bs. i. 23, 24: the phrase, e-m gengr e-ð til e-s, to purpose, intend; en þat gékk mér til þess ( that was my reason) at ek ann þér eigi, etc., Ísl. ii. 269; sagði, at honum gékk ekki ótrúnaðr til þessa, Fms. x. 39; gékk Flosa þat til, at …, Nj. 178; gengr mér meirr þat til, at ek vilda firra vini mína vandræðum, Fms. ii. 171; mælgi gengr mér til, ‘tis that I have spoken too freely, Orkn. 469, Fms. vi. 373, vii. 258: to fare, hversu hefir ykkr til gengið, how have you fared? Grett. 48 new Ed.; Loka gékk lítt til, it fared ill with L., Fb. i. 276: mod., þat gékk svá til, it so happened, but not freq., as bera við is better, (tilgangr, intention):—g. um e-t, to go about a thing; g. um sættir, to go between, as peacemaker, Fms. v. 156; g. um beina, to attend guests, Nj. 50, passim: to manage, fékk hón svá um gengit, Grett. 197 new Ed.; hversu þér genguð um mitt góðs, 206: to spread over, in the phrase, má þat er um margan gengr; þess er um margan gengr guma, Hm. 93: to veer, go round, of the wind, gékk um veðrit ok styrmdi at þeim, the wind went round and a gale met them, Bs. i. 775:—g. undan, to go before, escape, Ver. 15, Fms. vii. 217, Blas. 49: to be lost, wasted, jafnmikit sem undan gékk af hans vanrækt, Gþl. 338: to absent oneself, eggjuðusk ok báðu engan undan g., Fms. x. 238:—g. undir, to undertake a duty, freq.: to set, of the sun, Rb. 468, Vígl. (in a verse): to go into one’s possession, power, Fms. vii. 207;—g. upp, to be wasted, of money, Fær. 39, Fms. ix. 354: of stones or earth-bound things, to get loose, be torn loose, þeir glímdu svá at upp gengu stokkar allir í húsinu, Landn. 185; flest gékk upp þat sem fyrir þeim varð, Háv. 40, Finnb. 248; ok gékk ór garðinum upp ( was rent loose) garðtorfa frosin, Eb. 190: to rise, yield, when summoned, Sturl. iii. 236: of a storm, gale, to get up, rise, veðr gékk upp at eins, Grett. 94, Bárð. 169; gengr upp stormr hinn sami, Bs. ii. 50: of an ice-bound river, to swell, áin var ákafliga mikil, vóru höfuðísar at báðum-megin, en gengin upp ( swoln with ice) eptir miðju, Ld. 46, Fbr. 20 new Ed., Bjarn. 52; vötnin upp gengin, Fbr. 114; áin var gengin upp ok íll yfirferðar, Grett. 134:—g. við, in the phrase, g. við staf, to go with a staff, rest on it: with dat., g. við e-u, to avow (vide ganga í gegn above):—g. yfir, to spread, prevail, áðr Kristnin gengi yfir, Fms. x. 273; hétu á heiðin goð til þess at þau léti eigi Kristnina g. yfir landit, Bs. i. 23: the phrase, láta eitt g. yfir báða, to let one fate go over both, to stand by one another for weal and woe; hefi ek því heitið honum at eitt skyldi g. yfir okkr bæði, Nj. 193, 201, 204, Gullþ. 8: so in the saying, má þat er yfir margan gengr, a common evil is easier to bear, Fbr. 45 new Ed. (vide um above); muntu nú verða at segja slíkt sem yfir hefir gengið, all that has happened, Fms. xi. 240; þess gengr ekki yfir þá at þeir vili þeim lengr þjóna, they will no longer serve them, come what may, Orkn. 84: to overrun, tyrannize over, þeir vóru ójafnaðar menn ok ganga þar yfir alla menn, Fms. x. 198 (yfirgangr): to transgress, Hom. 109: to overcome, þótti öllum mönnum sem hann mundi yfir allt g., Fms. vii. 326: a naut. term, to dash over, as spray, áfall svá mikit at yfir gékk þegar skipit, Bs. i. 422; hence the metaph. phrase, g. yfir e-n, to be astonished; það gengr yfir mig, it goes above me, I am astonished.C. Used singly, of various things:1. of cattle, horses, to graze (haga-gangr); segja menn at svín hans gengi á Svínanesi, en sauðir á Hjarðarnesi, Landn. 124, Eg. 711; kálfrinn óx skjótt ok gékk í túni um sumarit, Eb. 320; Freyfaxi gengr í dalnum fram, Hrafn. 6; þar var vanr at g. hafr um túnit, Nj. 62; þar var til grass (görs) at g., Ld. 96, Grág. passim; gangandi gripr, cattle, beasts, Bjarn. 22; ganganda fé, id., Sturl. i. 83, Band. 2, Ísl. ii. 401.2. of shoals of fish, to go up, in a river or the like (fiski-ganga, -gengd); vötn er netnæmir fiskar g. í, Grág. i. 149; til landauðnar horfði í Ísafirði áðr fiskr gékk upp á Kvíarmiði, Sturl. ii. 177; fiskr er genginn inn ór álum, Bb. 3. 52.3. of the sun, stars, vide B. above, (sólar-gangr hæstr, lengstr, and lægstr skemstr = the longest and shortest day); áðr sól gangi af Þingvelli, Grág. i. 24; því at þar gékk eigi sól af um skamdegi, Landn. 140, Rb. passim:—of a thunder-storm, þar gékk reiði-duna með eldingu, Fb. iii. 174:—of the tide, stream, water, vide B. above, eða gangi at vötn eða skriður, K. Þ. K. 78.4. of a ship, gékk þá skipit mikit, Eg. 390, Fms. vi. 249; létu svá g. suðr fyrir landit, Eg. 78; lét svá g. suðr allt þar til er hann sigldi í Englands-haf, Ó. H. 149; réru nótt ok dag sem g. mátti, Eg. 88; gékk skipit brátt út á haf, Ó. H. 136.β. to pass; kvað engi skip skyldi g. (go, pass) til Íslands þat sumar, Ld. 18.II. metaph. to run out, stretch out, project, of a landscape or the like; gengr haf fyrir vestan ok þar af firðir stórir, Eg. 57; g. höf stór ór útsjánum inn í jörðina; haf (the Mediterranean) gengr af Njörva-sundum (the Straits of Gibraltar), Hkr. i. 5; nes mikit gékk í sæ út, Eg. 129, Nj. 261; í gegnum Danmörk gengr sjór (the Baltic) í Austrveg, A. A. 288; fyrir austan hafs-botn þann (Bothnia) er gengr til móts við Gandvík (the White Sea), Orkn. begin.: frá Bjarmalandi g. lönd til úbygða, A. A. 289; Europa gengr allt til endimarka Hispaniae, Stj. 83; öllum megin gengr at henni haf ok kringir um hana, 85; þessi þinghá gékk upp ( extended) um Skriðudal, Hrafn. 24: of houses, af fjósi gékk forskáli, Dropl. 28.2. to spread, branch out; en af því tungurnar eru ólíkar hvár annarri, þær þegar, er ór einni ok hinni sömu hafa gengit eða greinzt, þá þarf ólíka stafi í at hafa, Skálda (Thorodd) 160: of a narrative, gengr þessi saga mest af Sverri konungi, this story goes forth from him, i. e. relates to, tells of him, Fb. ii. 533; litlar sögur megu g. af hesti mínum, Nj. 90; um fram alla menn Norræna þá er sögur g. frá, Fms. i. 81.III. to take the lead, prevail; gékk þaðan af í Englandi Valska, thereafter (i. e. after the Conquest) the Welsh tongue prevailed in England, Ísl. ii. 221; ok þar allt sem Dönsk tunga gengi, Fms. xi. 19; meðan Dönsk tunga gengr, x. 179:—of money, to be current, hundrað aura þá er þá gengu í gjöld, Dropl. 16; eigi skulu álnar g. aðrar en þessar, Grág. i. 498; í þenna tíð gékk hér silfr í allar stórskuldir, 500, Fms. viii. 270; eptir því sem gengr ( the course) flestra manna í millum, Gþl. 352:—of laws, to be valid, ok var nær sem sín lög gengi í hverju fylki, Fms. iv. 18; Óðinn setti lög í landi sínu þau er gengit höfðu fyrr með Ásum, Hkr. i. 13; þeirra laga er gengu á Uppsala-þingi, Ó. H. 86; hér hefir Kristindóms-bálk þann er g. skal, N. G. L. i. 339; sá siðr er þá gékk, Fb. i. 71, (vide ganga yfir):—of sickness, plague, famine, to rage, þá gékk landfarsótt, bóla, drepsótt, hallæri, freq.; also impers., gékk því hallæri um allt Ísland, Bs. i. 184; mikit hallæri ok hart gékk yfir fólkið, 486, v. l.; gékk sóttin um haustið fyrir sunnan land; þá gékk mest plágan fyrri, Ann. 1402, 1403.IV. to go on, last, in a bad sense, of an evil; tókst síðan bardagi, ok er hann hafði gengit um hríð, Fs. 48: impers., hefir þessu gengit ( it has gone on) marga manns-aldra, Fms. i. 282; gékk því lengi, so it went on a long while, Grett. 79 new Ed.; gékk þessu enn til dags, Nj. 272; ok gékk því um hríð, 201; ok gékk því allan þann dag, Fms. vii. 147; lát því g. í allt sumar, xi. 57; gengr þessu þar til er …, Fb. i. 258.V. denoting violence; létu g. bæði grjót ok vápn, Eg. 261; létu þá hvárir-tveggju g. allt þat er til vápna höfðu, Fms. ix. 44; láta höggin g., to let it rain blows, Úlf. 12. 40; háðung, spottyrði, hróp ok brigzl hver lét með öðrum g. á víxl, Pass. 14. 3, (vápna-gangr); Birkibeinar róa þá eptir, ok létu g. lúðrana, and sounded violently the alarum, Fms. ix. 50, (lúðra-gangr); láta dæluna g., to pour out bad language, vide dæla.VI. to be able to go on, to go, partly impers.; ef þat gengr eigi, if that will not do, Fms. vi. 284; svá þykt at þeim gékk þar ekki at fara, they stood so close that they could not proceed there, Nj. 247; þá nam þar við, gékk þá eigi lengra, there was a stop; then it could go no farther, Fms. xi. 278; leiddu þeir skipit upp eptir ánni, svá sem gékk, as far as the ship could go, as far as the river was navigable, Eg. 127: esp. as a naut. term, impers., e. g. þeim gékk ekki fyrir nesið, they could not clear the ness; þá gengr eigi lengra, ok fella þeir þá seglið, Bs. i. 423; at vestr gengi um Langanes, 485, v. l.VII. with adverbs; g. létt, fljótt, to go smoothly; g. þungt, seint, to go slowly; oss munu öll vápna-viðskipti þungt g. við þá, Nj. 201; þungt g. oss nú málaferlin, 181; gékk þeim lítt atsóknin, Stj. 385; at þeim feðgum hefði þá allir hlutir léttast gengit, Bs. i. 274; seint gengr, Þórir, greizlan, Ó. H. 149; g. betr, verr, to get the better, the worse; gékk Ribbungum betr í fyrstu, Fms. ix. 313; gengu ekki mjök kaupin, the bargain did not go well, Nj. 157, cp. ganga til (B. above):—to turn out, hversu g. mundi orrostan, 273; gékk þá allt eptir því sem Hallr hafði sagt, 256; ef kviðir g. í hag sækjanda, if the verdict goes for the plaintiff, Grág. i. 87; þótti þetta mál hafa gengit at óskum, Dropl. 14; mart gengr verr en varir, a saying, Hm. 39; þykir honum nú at sýnu g. ( it seems to him evident) at hann hafi rétt hugsað, Fms. xi. 437; g. andæris, to go all wrong, Am. 14; g. misgöngum, to go amiss, Grág. i. 435; g. e-m í tauma, to turn false ( crooked); þat mun mér lítt í tauma g. er Rútr segir, Nj. 20; g. ofgangi, to go too high, Fms. vii. 269.VIII. of a blow or the like; hafði gengit upp á miðjan fetann, the axe went in up to the middle of the blade, Nj. 209; gékk þegar á hol, 60; gékk í gegnum skjöldinn, 245, Fb. i. 530.IX. of law; láta próf g., to make an enquiry; láta vátta g., to take evidence, D. N.X. to be gone, be lost; gékk hér með holdit niðr at beini, the flesh was torn off, Fb. i. 530: esp. in pass. part. genginn, dead, gone, eptir genginn guma, Hm. 71; moldar-genginn, buried, Sl. 60; hel-genginn, 68; afli genginn, gone from strength, i. e. powerless, Skv. 3. 13.β. gone, past; gengið er nú það görðist fyr, a ditty; mér er gengið heimsins hjól, gone for me is the world’s wheel ( luck), a ditty.XI. used as transit. with acc.; hann gengr björninn á bak aptr, he broke the bear’s back in grappling with him, Finnb. 248; ok gengr hana á bak, ok brýtr í sundr í henni hrygginn, Fb. i. 530.2. medic. with dat. to discharge; ganga blóði, to discharge blood (Dan. blodgang), Bs. i. 337, 383; Arius varð bráðdauðr ok gékk ór sér öllum iðrum, Ver. 47.D. REFLEX.:I. singly, gangask, to be altered, to change, be corrupted; gangask í munni, of tradition; var þat löng ævi, ok vant at sögurnar hefði eigi gengisk í munni, Ó. H. pref.; má því eigi þetta mál í munni gengisk hafa, Fb. ii. Sverr. S. pref.; ok mættim vér ráða um nokkut, at málit gengisk, that the case could miscarry, be lost, Glúm. 380:—láta gangask, to let pass. waive; lét Páll þá g. þá hluti er áðr höfðu í millum staðit, Sturl. i. 102; ef þú lætr eigi g. þat er ek kref þik, Fms. xi. 61.2. e-m gengsk hugr við e-t, to change one’s mind, i. e. to be moved to compassion, yield; sótti hón þá svá at honum gékksk hugr við, Eb. 264; þá gékksk Þorgerði hugr við harma-tölur hans, Ld. 232; ok mun honum g. hugr við þat, svá at hann mun fyrirgefa þér, Gísl. 98; nú sem hann grét, gékksk Ísak hugr við, Stj. 167; er sendimaðr fann at Birni gékksk hugr við féit, Ó. H. 194; við slíkar fortölur hennar gékksk Einari hugr (E. was swayed) til ágirni, Orkn. 24.II. with prepp. (cp. B. above); gangask at, to ‘go at it,’ engage in a fight; nú gangask þeir at fast, Dropl. 24, Ísl. ii. 267; gengusk menn at sveitum, of wrestlers, they wrestled one with another in sections (Dan. flokkevis), Glúm. 354; þeir gengusk at lengi, Finnb. 248:—gangask fyrir, vide B. above:—gangask í gegn, at móti, to stand against, fight against; at vér látim ok eigi þá ráða er mest vilja í gegn gangask (i. e. the extreme on each side), Íb. 12, cp. Fms. ii. 241; at þeir skipaði til um fylkingar sínar, hverjar sveitir móti skyldi g., i. e. to pair the combatants off, ix. 489; þeir risu upp ok gengusk at móti, Stj. 497. 2 Sam. ii. 15:—g. nær, to come to close quarters (Lat. cominus gerere), Nj. 176, Fms. xi. 240:—gangask á, to dash against one another, to split; á gengusk eiðar, the oaths were broken, Vsp. 30: to be squared off against one another, sú var görð þeirra, at á gengusk vígin húskarlanna, Rd. 288; ekki er annars getið en þeir léti þetta á gangask, i. e. they let it drop, Bjarn. 47; gangask fyrir, to fall off, Fms. iii. 255:—gangask við, to grow, gain strength; áðr en við gengisk hans bæn, before his prayer should be fulfilled, x. 258; ef þat er ætlað at trúa þessi skuli við g., Nj. 162; hétu þeir fast á guðin, at þau skyldi eigi láta við garrgask Kristniboð Ólafs konungs, Fms. ii. 32; þetta gékksk við um öll þau fylki, vii. 300; mikit gékksk Haraldr við (H. grew fast) um vöxt ok afl, Fb. i. 566; Eyvindr hafði mikið við gengizk um menntir, E. had much improved himself in good breeding, Hrafn. 24; vildi hann prófa hvárr þeirra meira hafði við gengisk, which of them had gained most strength, Grett. 107: to be in vogue, in a bad sense, ok löngum við gengisk öfund ok rangindi, Fms. i. 221, cp. Pass. 37. 7:—gangask ór stað, to be removed, Fms. xi. 107.III. in the phrase, e-m gengsk vel, ílla, it goes well, ill with one, Hom. 168, Am. 53; ílls gengsk þér aldri, nema …, the evil will never leave thee, thou wilt never be happy, unless …, 65. -
45 ἐπί
ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, nearⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, nearⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, onⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).ⓑ w. acc.α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., overⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.⑫ marker of hostile opposition, againstⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, aboutⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.ⓑ w. acc.α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, forⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).ⓒ w. acc.α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1. -
46 seeing
ˈsi:ɪŋ
1. сущ.
1) видение;
зрительный процесс
2) зрение Syn: sight
1., vision
2. союз ввиду того, что;
принимая во внимание, поскольку seeing (that) it is already midnight, we will not wait for him any longer ≈ так как уже полночь, мы больше не будем ждать его Syn: inasmuch as видение;
способность или возможность видеть - * is believing увидеть - значит убедиться - a sight worth * зрелище, на которое стоит посмотреть (астрономия) видимость, обусловленная состоянием атмосферы - * distance дальность( ясной) видимости (книжное) из-за;
в связи с - he was unfitted for the post * his inexperience он не подходил для этой работы, так как не имел опыта (книжное) (часто * that) принимая во внимание, поскольку, так как;
ввиду того, что - * no other course was open to us ввиду того, что у нас не было другого пути - * that he refuses there is nothing more to be done поскольку он отказывается, больше ничего нельзя сделать - * the facts of the case are not yet known поскольку обстоятельства дела еще не известны seeing pres. p. от see ~ prep, cj ввиду того, что;
принимая во внимание, поскольку;
seeing (that) it is ten o'clock, we will not wait for him any longer так как уже десять часов, мы больше не будем ждать его ~ видение;
зрительный процесс;
seeing is believing = пока не увижу, не поверю ~ видение;
зрительный процесс;
seeing is believing = пока не увижу, не поверю ~ prep, cj ввиду того, что;
принимая во внимание, поскольку;
seeing (that) it is ten o'clock, we will not wait for him any longer так как уже десять часов, мы больше не будем ждать его ~ prep, cj ввиду того, что;
принимая во внимание, поскольку;
seeing (that) it is ten o'clock, we will not wait for him any longer так как уже десять часов, мы больше не будем ждать его -
47 stand
[stænd] 1. past tense, past participle - stood; verb1) (to be in an upright position, not sitting or lying: His leg was so painful that he could hardly stand; After the storm, few trees were left standing.) estar de pé2) ((often with up) to rise to the feet: He pushed back his chair and stood up; Some people like to stand (up) when the National Anthem is played.) pôr-se de pé3) (to remain motionless: The train stood for an hour outside Newcastle.) permanecer4) (to remain unchanged: This law still stands.) manter-se em vigor5) (to be in or have a particular place: There is now a factory where our house once stood.) encontrar-se6) (to be in a particular state, condition or situation: As matters stand, we can do nothing to help; How do you stand financially?) estar7) (to accept or offer oneself for a particular position etc: He is standing as Parliamentary candidate for our district.) candidatar-se8) (to put in a particular position, especially upright: He picked up the fallen chair and stood it beside the table.) colocar9) (to undergo or endure: He will stand (his) trial for murder; I can't stand her rudeness any longer.) sofrer10) (to pay for (a meal etc) for (a person): Let me stand you a drink!) pagar2. noun1) (a position or place in which to stand ready to fight etc, or an act of fighting etc: The guard took up his stand at the gate; I shall make a stand for what I believe is right.) posição2) (an object, especially a piece of furniture, for holding or supporting something: a coat-stand; The sculpture had been removed from its stand for cleaning.) suporte3) (a stall where goods are displayed for sale or advertisement.) quiosque4) (a large structure beside a football pitch, race course etc with rows of seats for spectators: The stand was crowded.) arquibancada5) ((American) a witness box in a law court.) barra das testemunhas•- standing 3. noun1) (time of lasting: an agreement of long standing.) duração2) (rank or reputation: a diplomat of high standing.) prestígio•- stand-by4. adjective((of an airline passenger or ticket) costing or paying less than the usual fare, as the passenger does not book a seat for a particular flight, but waits for the first available seat.) lista de espera5. adverb(travelling in this way: It costs a lot less to travel stand-by.) em lista de espera- stand-in- standing-room
- make someone's hair stand on end
- stand aside
- stand back
- stand by
- stand down
- stand fast/firm
- stand for
- stand in
- stand on one's own two feet
- stand on one's own feet
- stand out
- stand over
- stand up for
- stand up to* * *[stænd] n 1 parada, pausa, descanso. 2 resistência, defesa. 3 lugar, posto, posição, estação, ponto. 4 plataforma, tribuna, estrado. 5 andaime, suporte, estante. 6 estande: recinto reservado a cada participante de uma exposição. 7 barraca, tenda, banca (de jornais e revistas). 8 grupo de árvores ou plantas. 9 coll loja, local de negócio. 10 Amer banco onde as testemunhas depõem. 11 arquibancada. 12 descanso, suporte. 13 pé, pedestal. • vt+vi (ps, pp stood) 1 estar em pé. 2 ter certa altura quando em pé, medir. 3 levantar, ficar em pé. 4 estar situado ou localizado, encontrar-se. 5 colocar, encostar, pôr em pé. don’t stand the umbrella against the table! / não encoste o guarda-chuva na mesa! 6 estar colocado, ocupar certo lugar ou cargo. 7 manter em certa posição. 8 sustentar. 9 estar, ser, encontrar-se. 10 continuar, permanecer, resistir, oferecer resistência. 11 tolerar, agüentar. I can’t stand him / não o posso tolerar. I can’t stand it any longer / não agüento mais isso. I can’t stand it / não tolero isso. there is no standing her stupidity / ninguém agüenta sua estupidez. 12 juntar-se, acumular-se. 13 durar. 14 sofrer, submeter-se, suportar. 15 custear, pagar. it stands me in eight dollars / coll isso me custa oito dólares. I’ll stand you a bottle / pago-lhe uma garrafa, convido-o para tomar um drinque. 16 manter um certo rumo. 17 parar, paralisar, ficar parado, estagnar. 18 valer, estar em vigor. 19 candidatar-se. he stands for Parliament / ele é candidato ao parlamento. 20 coll dar ou pagar conforme o trato. as it stands, as the case stands, as matters stand como estão as coisas, pela situação atual. and there it stands! basta! está encerrado o assunto! he stands no nonsense com ele não se brinca. he stands out like a sore thumb Amer sl ele chama a atenção (de maneira desagradável). how do we stand? como estamos? qual é a situação? it stands at that (cost) price o preço de custo é este. it stands to reason é plausível, evidente, razoável. stand off! saia de perto! vá embora! stand or fall vitória ou morte! the thermometer stands at 35° o termômetro marca 35°. the things I stand up in o que tenho no corpo (roupa). to be at a stand estar parado, estar perplexo, estar em dúvida, indeciso. to come to a stand chegar a um impasse. to make a stand parar, resistir, oferecer resistência, opor-se. to make a stand for something insistir em alguma coisa, responder por alguma coisa. to take a firm stand ocupar uma posição firme. to take one’s stand tomar posição, colocar-se. to take the stand Jur depor. to stand about ficar à toa, rodear. to stand against oferecer resistência, destacar-se de. to stand a good chance ter boas probabilidades. to stand a comparison poder enfrentar uma comparação. to stand alone estar sozinho, estar sem auxílio, estar em posição isolada. to stand aloof manter-se de lado, afastar-se. to stand aside sair ao caminho, ficar de lado. to stand at attention Mil tomar sentido. to stand back afastar-se, recuar. to stand between estar no caminho, estar no meio. to stand by estar presente, estar ao lado, assistir, estar de prontidão, manter (palavra). to stand by a thing defender uma coisa. to stand by one through thick and thin prestar assistência a outrem em qualquer vicissitude. to stand by one’s word manter sua palavra. to stand by someone assistir alguém, acudir. to stand condemned estar condenado. to stand corrected conformar-se com a pena, reconhecer seu erro. to stand down a) abdicar (em favor de outrem). b) Brit dar baixa (soldados). c) deixar o banco de testemunhas. to stand fast resistir, não ceder. to stand fire resistir à prova (suportar o fogo do inimigo). to stand first ser o primeiro, estar em primeiro lugar. to stand for a) significar, querer dizer. b) pretender. c) ter rumo para, velejar para. d) auxiliar. e) ser responsável por, representar. to stand forth mostrar-se, salientar-se. to stand from Naut vir de, ter rumo de, velejar de. to stand gaping ficar de boca aberta, boquiaberto. to stand godfather (to) ser padrinho (de). to stand good ter valor, estar válido. to stand high ter bom nome, ter boa fama. to stand in a) Naut velejar em direção à terra. b) substituir alguém (serviço). to stand in awe ter temor de. to stand in fear ter medo de. to stand in line ficar na fila. to stand in need of ter necessidade de, precisar. to stand in someone’s way estar no caminho de alguém, atrapalhar alguém, impedir alguém. to stand off ficar de lado, afastar-se, retroceder, retrair-se, recusar-se, protelar (pagamento), Naut ficar ao largo. to stand off from Naut afastar-se de. to stand on basear-se em alguma coisa, contar com alguma coisa. to stand on ceremony fazer cerimônias. to stand on end estar em pé (cabelos). to stand one’s ground manter-se, defender-se, ficar firme, não ceder. to stand on one’s dignity fazer questão da sua dignidade. to stand on one’s head ficar de ponta-cabeça, ficar de pernas para o ar. to stand one’s tackling manter seu ponto de vista. to stand on one’s right insistir em seu direito. to stand on your own two feet ser independente, ser auto-suficiente, andar com as próprias pernas. to stand out salientar-se, distinguir-se, sobressair, resistir, não ceder. to stand out for insistir em. to stand over ficar, sobrar, ficar em atraso, adiar, protelar. to stand pat Amer a) conformar-se, opor-se a mudanças. b) Game não pedir cartas, passar. to stand ready to prontificar-se, dispor-se a. to stand security dar fiança, garantir. to stand someone friend mostrar-se amigo para alguém. to stand someone up faltar a um encontro. to stand something on its head mudar de repente, virar de pernas para o ar. to stand still imobilizar-se, ficar parado. to stand the test (ou a trial) passar a prova. to stand to a) permanecer, manter. b) aderir a. c) apoiar, defender. she stood to him / ela o defendeu. to stand trial ser submetido a julgamento. to stand up a) levantar-se. b) Amer decepcionar, abandonar, deixar na mão. to stand up against levantar-se contra, rebelar-se, lutar contra. to stand up for defender, apoiar, tomar o partido de. to stand upon insistir em, basear-se em. to stand upon one’s guard tomar cuidado, precaver-se. to stand up to encarar, enfrentar. to stand well with dar-se bem com, ter amizade com. what stand do you take? qual é a sua opinião? -
48 импульсный источник электропитания с коммутацией тока на первичной стороне
импульсный источник электропитания с коммутацией тока на первичной стороне
-
In primary switch mode power supplies, the AC mains voltage is first rectified and smoothed and then chopped ("switched"). Chopping means that the DC voltage is switched periodically at a frequency of 40 to 200 kHz using a power transistor.
In contrast to linearly regulated power supplies, the power transistor does not act as a variable resistor but as a switch instead. This generates a square-wave AC voltage that is transformed to the secondary circuit using a high-frequency transformer. In the secondary circuit, the voltage is rectifi ed and smoothed. The quantity of energy transformed to the secondary circuit is controlled, depending on the load, by varying the chopping rate. The longer the transistor is conductive, the higher is the quantity of energy transformed to the secondary circuit ( pulse width modulation).
Due to the use of high-frequency AC voltage, primary switch mode power supplies have the decisive advantage that their transformer can be of much smaller size than required for the transformation of low frequencies. This reduces the weight and the dissipation inside the unit. The effi ciency of these units is between 85 and 95 %. Since the output voltage does not directly depend on the input voltage, these units can be used for a wide input voltage range and can even be supplied with DC voltage. Furthermore, it is possible to buffer short-time mains voltage breakdowns up to 200 ms. However, the power failure buffering time is limited by the size of capacitor C1 since a longer buffering time requires a higher capacity and thus a bigger size of the capacitor. Especially in case of small power supplies this is not desirable.
Therefore, a practicable compromise has to be made between the size of the power supply and the buffering time.
Primary switch mode power supplies can be used for all purposes. For example, they are suitable for the supply of all kind of electronics as well as for electromechanical applications.
[ABB]Тематики
EN
Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > импульсный источник электропитания с коммутацией тока на первичной стороне
-
49 primary switch mode power supply
- импульсный источник электропитания с коммутацией тока на первичной стороне
импульсный источник электропитания с коммутацией тока на первичной стороне
-In primary switch mode power supplies, the AC mains voltage is first rectified and smoothed and then chopped ("switched"). Chopping means that the DC voltage is switched periodically at a frequency of 40 to 200 kHz using a power transistor.
In contrast to linearly regulated power supplies, the power transistor does not act as a variable resistor but as a switch instead. This generates a square-wave AC voltage that is transformed to the secondary circuit using a high-frequency transformer. In the secondary circuit, the voltage is rectifi ed and smoothed. The quantity of energy transformed to the secondary circuit is controlled, depending on the load, by varying the chopping rate. The longer the transistor is conductive, the higher is the quantity of energy transformed to the secondary circuit ( pulse width modulation).
Due to the use of high-frequency AC voltage, primary switch mode power supplies have the decisive advantage that their transformer can be of much smaller size than required for the transformation of low frequencies. This reduces the weight and the dissipation inside the unit. The effi ciency of these units is between 85 and 95 %. Since the output voltage does not directly depend on the input voltage, these units can be used for a wide input voltage range and can even be supplied with DC voltage. Furthermore, it is possible to buffer short-time mains voltage breakdowns up to 200 ms. However, the power failure buffering time is limited by the size of capacitor C1 since a longer buffering time requires a higher capacity and thus a bigger size of the capacitor. Especially in case of small power supplies this is not desirable.
Therefore, a practicable compromise has to be made between the size of the power supply and the buffering time.
Primary switch mode power supplies can be used for all purposes. For example, they are suitable for the supply of all kind of electronics as well as for electromechanical applications.
[ABB]Тематики
EN
Англо-русский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > primary switch mode power supply
-
50 day
dei
1. noun1) (the period from sunrise to sunset: She worked all day; The days are warm but the nights are cold.) día2) (a part of this period eg that part spent at work: How long is your working day?; The school day ends at 3 o'clock; I see him every day.) jornada3) (the period of twenty-four hours from one midnight to the next: How many days are in the month of September?) día4) ((often in plural) the period of, or of the greatest activity, influence, strength etc of (something or someone): in my grandfather's day; in the days of steam-power.) los tiempos de•- daybreak- day-dream
2. verbShe often day-dreams.) soñar despierto- daylight- day school
- daytime
- call it a day
- day by day
- day in
- day out
- make someone's day
- one day
- some day
- the other day
day n díawhat day is the party? ¿qué día es la fiesta?tr[deɪ]1 (24 hours) día nombre masculino■ how was your day? ¿qué tal tu día?3 (period of work) jornada, día nombre masculino5 (period of time) época, tiempo■ in my day... en mis tiempos...1 (period) época, tiempos nombre masculino plural\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLa nine days' wonder un prodigio efímeroany day now cualquier día de éstosby day de día, durante el díaday after day día tras díaday and night día y nocheday by day día a día, de día en díaday in, day out todos los díasevery day todos los díasevery other day un día sí un día no, cada dos díasfrom one day to the next de un día para (el) otrohave a nice day! ¡que tengas un buen día!in this day and age hoy (en) díain those days en aquellos tiempos, en aquella épocait's all in a day's work todo forma parte del trabajothat'll be the day cuando las ranas críen pelosthe day after tomorrow pasado mañanaon the following day al día siguientethese days hoy en día... to the day hoy hace exactamente...to this day hasta el día de hoynot to be my «(your, his, etc)» day no ser mi (tu, su, etc) díasomebody's/something's days are numbered tener alguien/algo los días contadosto be... if one's a day tener como mínimo... años■ she's 50 if she's a day tiene como mínimo 50 años, no puede tener menos de 50 añosto call it a day dar algo por terminadoto carry the day / win the day prevalecerto have had one's day haber pasado a la historia, haber pasado de modato be one of those days ser un día de aquéllosto have one of those days tener un día de aquéllosto make a day of it quedarse todo el díato make somebody's day alegrarle la vida a alguienday labourer jornalero,-aday nursery guardería (infantil)day off día libreday of reckoning día nombre masculino del juicio finalday release sistema que permite a un,-a empleado,-a asistir a un curso un día de la semanaday return billete nombre masculino de ida y vuelta para el mismo díaday room sala comunal en hospitales etcday school colegio sin internadoday shift turno de díaday trip excursión nombre femenino (de un día)day ['deɪ] n1) : día m2) date: fecha f3) time: día m, tiempo min olden days: intaño4) workday: jornada f laboraladj.• diurno, -a adj.n.• día s.m.• fecha s.f.deɪ1) ( unit of time) día mhe's arriving in two days o in two days' time — llega dentro de dos días
a nine days' wonder: the case was a nine days' wonder el interés en el caso duró lo que un suspiro; from day one — desde el primer momento
2) ( daylight hours) día mday and night — día y noche; happy 1) a), light I 1)
3)a) ( point in time) día mwhat day is (it) today? — ¿qué día es hoy?
every other day — un día sí y un día no, día por medio (CS, Per)
the day before yesterday — anteayer, antes de ayer
day by day — día a día, de día en día
day in, day out — todos los días
from day to day — de día en día, día a día
from this day on(ward) — de hoy or de ahora en adelante
it's not my/his day — no es mi/su día
that'll be the day — (colloq & iro) cuando las ranas críen cola
did you have a good/bad day? — ¿te fue or te ha ido bien/mal hoy?
have a good o nice day! — (esp AmE) que le vaya bien!
any day — (colloq)
caviar? I'd rather have a hamburger any day — ¿caviar? prefiero mil veces una hamburguesa
at the end of the day — a or en fin de cuentas, al fin y al cabo
to call it a day — ( temporarily) dejarlo para otro día; ( permanently) dejar de trabajar (or estudiar etc)
to make somebody's day — (colloq) alegrarle la vida a alguien
to save for a rainy day — ahorrar para cuando lleguen las vacas flacas
b) (specified day, date) día mit's her day for doing the washing — hoy le toca lavar (la ropa) or (Esp) hacer la colada
c) ( working day) jornada f, día m4)a) ( period of time) día min days gone by — (liter) antaño (liter)
in days to come — (liter) en días venideros (liter)
in days of old, in olden days — (liter) antaño (liter)
in this day and age — hoy (en) día, el día de hoy
in those days — en aquellos tiempos, en aquella época
it's early days yet — (BrE) aún es pronto
to have seen o known better days — haber* visto tiempos mejores
b) (period of youth, success) (no pl) día mto have had one's day: the steam engine has had its day — la locomotora de or a vapor ha pasado a la historia
to end one's days — acabar mis (or sus etc) días
his days are numbered — tiene los días contados
5) ( contest)to carry o win the day — prevalecer*
to save the day: her quick thinking saved the day — su rapidez mental nos (or los etc) sacó del apuro
6) days (as adv)[deɪ]1. N1) (=24 hours) día mwhat day is it today? — ¿qué día es hoy?
•
he works eight hours a day — trabaja ocho horas al día•
any day — un día cualquiera•
day by day — de un día para otro, de día a día (LAm)•
every day — cada día, todos los días•
one fine day — el día menos pensado•
on the following day — al día siguiente•
for days on end — durante días•
from day to day — de día en díato live from day to day or from one day to the next — vivir al día
•
day in day out — un día sí y otro también•
you don't look a day older — no pasan por ti los días, no pareces un día más viejo•
on the day everything will be all right — para el día en cuestión todo estará en orden•
one day — un día•
the other day — el otro día•
some day — un día•
(on) that day — aquel díathat day when we... — aquel día en que nosotros...
•
one of these days — un día de estos•
50 years ago to the day — (hoy) hace exactamente 50 años- carry or win the day- give sb his day in courtblack 1., 6)to make sb's day —
2) (=daylight hours, working hours) jornada f•
to work all day — trabajar todo el día•
a day at the seaside — un día de playa•
to travel by day, travel during the day — viajar de día•
good day! — ¡buenos días!to take a day off — darse un día libre, no presentarse en el trabajo
•
on a fine/wet day — un día bonito/lluvioso•
one summer's day — un día de verano- call it a day3) (=period)during the early/final days of the strike — durante los primeros/últimos días de la huelga
•
it has seen better days — ya no vale lo que antes•
until my dying day — hasta la muerte•
it's early days yet — todavía es pronto•
the happiest days of your life — los mejores días de su vida•
in those days — en aquellos tiemposin this day and age, in the present day — hoy en día
•
in the good old days — en los viejos tiempos•
these days — hoy en día•
those were the days, when... — esa fue la buena época, cuando...•
to this day — hasta el día de hoy•
in his younger days — en su juventudto have had one's day —
dog 1., 1), time 1., 1)he's had his day — pasó de moda, está acabado
2.CPDday bed N — (US) meridiana f
day boarder N — (Brit) (Scol) alumno(-a) m / f de media pensión
day boy N — (Brit) (Scol) externo m
day centre N — (Brit) centro m de día
day girl N — (Brit) (Scol) externa f
Day of Judgement N — día m del Juicio Final
day labourer, day laborer (US) N — jornalero m
day nurse N — enfermero(-a) m / f de día
day nursery N — guardería f
day one N —
•
from day one — (=from the beginning) desde el principio or el primer día•
on day one — (=at the beginning) el primer díaday pass N — (for museum, train) pase m de un día; (at ski resort) forfait m de un día
day pupil N — (Brit) (at boarding school) alumno(-a) m / f externo(-a)
day rate N — (=daily rate) tarifa f diaria; (as opposed to night rate) tarifa f diurna
day release N —
•
to be on day release — [prisoner] estar en régimen de prisión abiertaday release job N — (for prisoner) trabajo m fuera de la cárcel
day release course N — (Brit) (Comm, Ind) curso m de un día a la semana (para trabajadores)
day return (ticket) N — (Brit) billete m de ida y vuelta en el día
day school N — colegio m sin internado
day shift N — (in factory etc) turno m de día
day surgery N — cirugía f ambulatoria
day trader N — (Comm) operador que realiza operaciones de compraventa en el mismo día
to go on a day trip to London — ir un día de excursión or (LAm) de paseo a Londres
day tripper N — excursionista mf
* * *[deɪ]1) ( unit of time) día mhe's arriving in two days o in two days' time — llega dentro de dos días
a nine days' wonder: the case was a nine days' wonder el interés en el caso duró lo que un suspiro; from day one — desde el primer momento
2) ( daylight hours) día mday and night — día y noche; happy 1) a), light I 1)
3)a) ( point in time) día mwhat day is (it) today? — ¿qué día es hoy?
every other day — un día sí y un día no, día por medio (CS, Per)
the day before yesterday — anteayer, antes de ayer
day by day — día a día, de día en día
day in, day out — todos los días
from day to day — de día en día, día a día
from this day on(ward) — de hoy or de ahora en adelante
it's not my/his day — no es mi/su día
that'll be the day — (colloq & iro) cuando las ranas críen cola
did you have a good/bad day? — ¿te fue or te ha ido bien/mal hoy?
have a good o nice day! — (esp AmE) que le vaya bien!
any day — (colloq)
caviar? I'd rather have a hamburger any day — ¿caviar? prefiero mil veces una hamburguesa
at the end of the day — a or en fin de cuentas, al fin y al cabo
to call it a day — ( temporarily) dejarlo para otro día; ( permanently) dejar de trabajar (or estudiar etc)
to make somebody's day — (colloq) alegrarle la vida a alguien
to save for a rainy day — ahorrar para cuando lleguen las vacas flacas
b) (specified day, date) día mit's her day for doing the washing — hoy le toca lavar (la ropa) or (Esp) hacer la colada
c) ( working day) jornada f, día m4)a) ( period of time) día min days gone by — (liter) antaño (liter)
in days to come — (liter) en días venideros (liter)
in days of old, in olden days — (liter) antaño (liter)
in this day and age — hoy (en) día, el día de hoy
in those days — en aquellos tiempos, en aquella época
it's early days yet — (BrE) aún es pronto
to have seen o known better days — haber* visto tiempos mejores
b) (period of youth, success) (no pl) día mto have had one's day: the steam engine has had its day — la locomotora de or a vapor ha pasado a la historia
to end one's days — acabar mis (or sus etc) días
his days are numbered — tiene los días contados
5) ( contest)to carry o win the day — prevalecer*
to save the day: her quick thinking saved the day — su rapidez mental nos (or los etc) sacó del apuro
6) days (as adv) -
51 stand
1. I1) the table won't stand, one leg is broken стол не стоит, у него одна ножка сломана; don't trouble yourself, I can stand не беспокойтесь, я могу постоять /я постою/; I didn't know where to stand я не знал, где стать; the audience stood and applauded публика встала и начала аплодировать; he was commanded to stand ему приказали встать /подняться/; let the milk (the tea, the liquid, etc.) stand пусть молоко и т.д. постоит /отстоится/; keep /leave/ smth. standing not a stone was left standing камня на камне не оставила; get smth. to stand поставить что-л.2) stand! croft!; who goes there? stand and be identified стой! кто идет?; all stand! всем встать!3) the words (the passage, this translation, etc.) may stand эти слова и т.д. могут остаться /можно оставить/ без изменений; the enemy would not stand противник не устоит /не выдержит/; how much of his philosophy will stand? что можно взять /применить/ из его философии?; the contract (the agreement, the order, the bet, the bargain, his resolution, etc.) stands контракт и т.д. остается в силе; the same objection stands это возражение остается /не снимается/; the rule against lateness will stand правило, запрещающее опаздывать, будет действовать и впредь || as, matters /affairs, things/ stand при таком /создавшемся/ положении вещей /дел/; the passage must be printed as it stands отрывок должен быть напечатан /следует напечатать/ без изменений /в таком виде, как он есть/; as it stands как есть; how much for it as it stands? сколько вы хотите за все?, сколько это стоит как есть?4) these colours will (do not) stand это (не)стойкие краски2. II1) stand in some manner stand erectly (/squarely/, courageously, obediently, meekly, wistfully, sullenly, haughtily, etc.) стоять прямо и т.д.; stand at ease (at attention) стоять вольно (смирно); stand still! не двигайтесь!, не шевелитесь!, стойте спокойно!; he could hardly stand он едва держался на ногах; stand side by side (shoulder to shoulder) стоять рядом /бок о бок/ (плечом к плечу); he stood by helplessly он беспомощно стоял в стороне; the door stood ajar дверь была приоткрыта; stand somewhere don't just stand there, do something! что же ты стоишь, сделай что-нибудь!; stand aside (away, outside, etc.) стоять в стороне и т, т.д.; stand aside to let her pass посторонитесь и дайте ей пройти; stand back! осади!; the house stands back from the road дом стоит далеко от дороги; stand back or you'll be crushed посторонитесь, a то задавят; stand back from the barrier отойди от барьера; а tree which stood by дерево, которое стояло неподалеку; the box stands over there ящик стоит вон там; stand for some time I've been standing all day я простоял [на ногах] весь день; we had to stand all the way нам пришлось простоять всю дорогу; the ruins still stand руины сохранились до сих пор; а tall poplar tree (a huge oak, a house, etc.) once stood here здесь когда-то стоял высокий тополь и т.д. ; the corn is still standing хлеб еще стоит /не убран/2) stand in some manner stand alone а) стоять /быть/ одному; б) не иметь сторонников; in this opinion I don't stand alone я не один [придерживаюсь] такого мнения; the matter stands thus дело обстоит следующим образом; as things now stand I'll have to quit my job при создавшемся /нынешнем/ положении вещей /если положение не изменится,/ мне придется уйти с работы; this is how I stand такова моя позиция;. I wish I knew where I stood я хотел бы знать, что со мной будет; how do matters stand? как обстоят дела?; how does the dollar stand? каков курс доллара?3) stand for some time the works stood for a whole week завод не работал целую неделю3. III1) stand smth. stand an attack (a blow, a siege, rough handling, the enemy's fire, a loss, a shock, a rigid examination, raillery, etc.) выдерживать /выносить/ атаку и т, т.д.; stand heat (the cold weather, a damp soil, noise, his professional attitude, criticism, etc.) выдерживать /выносить/ жару и т.д.; stand the test /the trial/ выдержать испытание; he'll have to stand trial он должен предстать перед судом; stand much washing (much rain, etc.) не портиться от частой стирки и т.д.; these boots stood a good deal of wear эти ботинки долго носились /видали виды/; his eyes are strong enough to stand the glare у него хорошие глаза, они вполне выдержат такой яркий свет; the house will stand another century дом простоит еще сто лет; how does he stand the pain? как он переносит боль?; his nerves couldn't stand the strain у него нервы не выдержали напряжения; I can stand a good deal but I won't have insolence я многое могу стерпеть, но наглости не потерплю; stand smb. usually in the negative I can't stand this woman (the fellow, his father, etc.) я не выношу /не терплю, терпеть не могу, не перевариваю/ эту женщину и т.д.2) stand smth. stand six feet быть ростом в шесть футов; the score stood 18 to 14 счет был 18:143) stand smth. stand drinks (ice-cream, dinner, etc.) угощать вином и т.д.; who is going to stand treat? кто угощает?4) stand smb. stand sentry /sentinel/ (model, umpire, etc.) быть часовым /стоять на часах/ и т.д.; stand godfather (godmother, etc.) выступать в роли крестного отца /быть крестным отцом/ и т.д.4. IV1) stand smth. somewhere stand the lamp over there (the box here, etc.) поставьте лампу туда и т.д.2) stand smth., smb. for some time usually in the negative I can't stand it any longer я этого больше не выдержу, я больше не могу этого терпеть; I can't stand the man another day я не вынесу этого человека ни одного лишнего дня; she stood the shock well она мужественно перенесла этот удар5. Vstand smb. smth. coll. stand one's friend a dinner (you a drink, us champagne, etc.) угощать друга обедом и т.д.6. Xstand in some state stand ashamed (confused, abashed, bewildered, dishonoured, etc.) испытывать стыд и т.д.; stand uncovered стоять без головного убора, снять шапку; he stands accused of a crime его обвиняют в преступлении; he stands convicted of treachery его признали виновным в измене; you may stand assured of his protection можете рассчитывать на его защиту, можете быть уверенным в его покровительстве; stand indebted to this man быть обязанным этому человеку; stand unrivalled не иметь соперников; stand corrected признавать справедливость замечаний /свои ошибки/7. XIbe stood somewhere if he does it again he will be stood in the corner если он еще раз так сделает, его поставят в угол8. XIIIstand to do smth. stand to win /to gain/ (to be saved, etc.) иметь [все] шансы /все основания/ выиграть и т.д.; how much do you stand to lose? сколько вы при этом можете потерять?; what does he stand to lose? чем он рискует?; we stand to lose nothing мы ничего не теряем9. XIVstand doing smth.1) stand bowing (wondering, gazing at the scene, looking at me, looking over my shoulder, etc.) стоять и кланяться и т.д.; don't stand there arguing about it что вы стоите и спорите?; I am tired of standing here [and] waiting мне надоело тут стоять и ждать2) usually in the negative with can; I can't stand waiting (writing letters, taking care of kids, etc.) я не выношу /терпеть не могу/ ждать и т.д.; she can't stand being kept waiting (being looked at, being laughed at, being talked back at, etc.) она терпеть не может /не выносит/, когда ее заставляют ждать и т.д.10. XV1) stand silent (still, upright /erect/, close to smth., next to me, etc.) стоять молча и т.д.; stand straight, don't stoop стойте прямо, не горбитесь; the door stands open дверь открыта; the table (the wall, etc.) stands firm стол и т.д. устойчив /крепко стоит/ и т.д.2) stand firm стойко держаться; stand firm on the ground крепко стоять на ногах; stand firm in one's views иметь твердые убеждения; stand fast to one's resolution не отступать от своего решения; stand neutral сохранять нейтралитет, оставаться нейтральным; stand idle ничего не делать; the factory is standing idle фабрика не работает /простаивает/; stand ready быть наготове; he stood ready to run он был готов пуститься бежать; stand ready for anything быть готовым ко всему: stand high высоко цениться; stand high in one's class (in a competitive examination, in one's profession, etc.) быть одним из первых /лучших, ведущих/ в классе и т.д.; stand high in public esteem пользоваться всеобщим уважением; stand high in the opinion of /with/ his chief быть на хорошем счету у начальства; food (meat, corn, etc.) stands high (higher than ever) цены на продукты и т.д. высокие (выше, чем когда-либо); stand first on the list (second in his class, third in the line for promotion, etc.) быть первым в списке и т.д.; stand second to none никому не уступать, быть первым11. XVI1) stand by (against, in, etc.) smth. stand by the window (against a wall, before me, in the corner, in the doorway, in the middle of the table, etc.) стоять у окна и т.д.; the house (the building, the cottage, the chapel, etc.) stands in a garden (by the river, at the foot of a hill, etc.) дом и т.д. расположен /находится/ в саду и т.д.; don't stand in the rain (in the sun) не стойте под дождем /на дожде/ (на солнце); I hate standing in queues я ненавижу стоять в очередях; tears stood in her eyes у нее в глазах стояли слезы; stand in smb.'s way стоять у кого-л. на дороге, мешать кому-л.; stand out of the way не мешать, посторониться, уйти с дороги; the truck stood in their way грузовик загораживал им дорогу; nothing now stands in our way ничто больше нам не мешает; nothing stands between you and success ничто не мешает твоему успеху; stand without support стоять без опоры; stand on smth., smb. the vase stands on the top shelf ваза стоит на верхней полке; he stood on my foot (on the beetle, etc.) он наступил мне на ногу и т.д.; stand on tiptoe стоять на цыпочках; Paris stands on the Seine Париж стоит на Сене; sweat stood on his forehead у него на лбу были /проступили/ капли пота; his hair stood on end [with fright] [от страха] у него волосы встали дыбом; stand for some time the castle (the old house, etc.) has stood for centuries замок и т.д. простоял века; the walls are still standing after the fire стены уцелели после пожара; he has stood many years against storm and earthquake много лет он выдерживал бури и землетрясения; let the mixture stand for three hours оставьте смесь постоять /пусть смесь постоит/ три часа2) stand at (below, among) smth. stand at the head of his class быть лучшим в классе; stand below smb. in class уступать кому-л. в своем классе; it stands among the first four universities of the world это один из четырех лучших университетов мира; stand alone among one's colleagues (among one's contemporaries, etc.) выделяться среди своих коллег и т.д.; stand over smb. he stood over me all the time I was working он все время стоял у меня над душой, пока я работал; he won't work unless someone stands over him он не будет работать, если над ним никто не стоит; stand by smb. stand by one's friends (by you whatever happens, by him to the last, etc.) быть на стороне /не бросать, поддерживать/ своих друзей и т.д.; I'll always stand by you in case of trouble я всегда готов помочь вам, если вы попадете в беду; stand by smth. stand by an agreement (by one's promise, by one's principles, by one's word,-etc.) придерживаться /не отступать от/ договора и т.д.; I stand by all I said then я верен тому, что тогда сказал; stand (up)on /by/ smth. stand on one's rights (on one's claims, by one's decision, etc.) настаивать на сваях правах и т.д.; western civilization stands upon the foundation reared by the Greeks and the Romans западная культура зиждется на фундаменте, созданном древними греками и римлянами; the case,-s on his testimony все дело основывается /зиждется/ на его показаниях /зависит от его показаний/; we stand on the threshold of a peace settlement мы находимся накануне /на пороге/ мирного урегулирования; stand for smth. stand for loyalty (for liberty, for freedom and justice, for racial tolerance, for reform, for the same principles, etc.) выступать за верность /в защиту верности/ и т.д.; it's difficult to know just what he stands for трудно, собственно, понять, каких он придерживается убеждений /каковы его убеждения/; stand on one's own feet /on one's own legs/ стоять на [собственных] ногах; ни от кого не зависеть; stand with smb. stand well with one's employers быть на хорошем счету у руководства; how does it stand with him? как он к этому относится?; stand in smth. where /how/ do we stand in the matter? какова наша позиция в этом вопросе? || stand in the same relation to her (to his father, to both parties, etc.) находиться /быть/ в одинаковых /равных, таких же/ отношениях с ней и т.д.3) stand for smth. stand for "adjective" (for "postscript", for "cash on delivery", etc.) обозначать прилагательное и т.д.; i stands for "pound" знак i обозначает фунт стерлингов; what do these letters stand for? что означают /как расшифровываются/ эти буквы?; the olive branch stands for peace ветвь оливкового дерева символизирует мир; black stands for mourning черный цвет stand знак траура; in their code each number stands for a letter в их шифре каждой букве соответствует цифра4) stand at smth. the score stands at 3:4 счет 3:4; the thermometer stands at 40 " in the shade термометр показывает сорок градусов в тени; the balance stands at i 50 итог равен пятидесяти фунтам5) stand for smth. usually in the negative or interrogative I won't stand for that (for any nonsense, for this treatment, etc.) я этого и т.д. не потерплю; 1 don't have to stand for such insolence я не обязан терпеть /переносить/ такое нахальство; how can you stand for his insolence? как вы можете терпеть его наглость?6) stand for smth. stand for Parliament (for the presidency, for election, for re-election to Congress, etc.) баллотироваться /выдвигать кандидатуру/ в парламент и т.д.7) semiaux || stand in need of smth. нуждаться в чем-л.; stand in need of help (of food and clothing, of money, of sleep, 'of instruction, of continual watering, of relief from one's sorrows, etc.) нуждаться в немощи и т.д.; the house stands in need of repair дом необходимо отремонтировать; stand in fear /in dread/ of smth., smb. бояться /страшиться/ чего-л., кого-л.; stand in awe of smth., smb. благоговеть перед чем-л., кем-л.; he stood in danger of being killed ему грозила опасность быть убитым; stand in contrast to smb., smth. резко отличаться от кого-л., чего-л.; stand on ceremony with smb. соблюдать условности в отношениях с кем-л.; he stands on terms of friendship with him он с ним [находится] в дружеских отношениях12. XX1stand as smb. stand as a sentinel стоять на посту, быть часовым; stand as candidate for the presidency (as Labour Candidate, as sponsor for him, etc.) выступать в качестве кандидата на пост президента и т.д.; stand as smth. stand as a description (as a type of British humour, etc.) представлять собой описание и т.д.13. XXI11) stand smth., smb. in (by, on, etc.) smth. stand a chair in a corner (the armchair by the lamp, the box against the wall, the bottle on the table, the empty barrels on the floor, him-against the wall, etc.) поставить стул в угол и т.д.; stand some distance from smth. stand 15 yards from the road (10 feet from the ground, etc.) стоять в пятнадцати ярдах от дороги и т.д.2) abs stand six feet in his socks (in his shoes) он шести футов ростом; stand a giant among them он среди них великан3) stand smth. to smb. stand wine (a bottle, a treat, etc.) to the company угощать компанию вином и т.д., выставить вино и т.д. для всей компании4) stand smb. to /for/ smb. stand godfather (godmother) to the child быть крестным отцом (крестной матерью) ребенку; stand sponsor for him быть его покровителем14. XXVstand when... (till..., etc.) he stood when she entered the room он встал, когда она вошла в комнату; I stood there till I was tired я стоял там до тех пор, пока не устал -
52 Cum
1.cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.I.In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:b.qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—In an expression of displeasure:B.in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—In a designation of time with which some action concurs:C.egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:b.cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—Attributively, with subst.:2.et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).(α).Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,(β).cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—With ut:(γ).Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —With ne:3.obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:4.cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:D.ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:II.cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.In partic.A.Completing the meaning of verbs.1.With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:2.ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:3.cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:4.cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—Of deliberation and discussion:5.haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—Of strife, difference, etc.:6.quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—Of comparison:B.nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:C.hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;D.v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.► a.Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:b.quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—Before et... et, connecting two substt.:III.cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—B.It designates,1.A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—2.The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.2.Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].I.Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.A.In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.1.The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.a.Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—With principal predicate in fut. (rare):(γ).ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):b.haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—With logical perf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:(β).gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—(γ).With two logical perff. (rare):c.cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—With principal predicate in pres.:d.in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—With principal predicate in fut. indic.:(γ).cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—With principal predicate in fut. imper.:(δ).cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—With two fut. perff.:e.cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—In partic.(α).In definitions with pres, indic.:(β).humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:(γ).in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:2.sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—With subj. referring to indefinite time.a. (α).With pres. subj.:(β).acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—With perf. subj.:b.difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—c.In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):d.saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—e.If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:3.caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:a.formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).Cum with pres. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):b.Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—Cum with logical perf. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):c.at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—With principal predicate in fut. perf.:(γ).cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—With principal predicate in imper. fut.:(δ).mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):(ε).cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—d.With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):(γ).quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):4.quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—With subj. in definite time.a.Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—b.Sometimes by attraction:c.curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.B.In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.1.With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:2.portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —With pluperf. indic.a.Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:b.idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—c.If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:3.nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.a.With pluperf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:(β).cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—With principal predicate in perf. indic.:b.Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:4.cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.(α).When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):(β).Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:(γ).(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:5.qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.C.In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:1.quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).a.The clause expressing a momentary action:b.posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):c.in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:d.ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:2.ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.a.The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:b.set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):3.cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].a.Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.(α).Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:(β).eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:(γ).antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:(δ).tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:b.nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter(α).In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:(β).res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):(γ).magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:D.illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.1.The predicate in present:2.amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—With fut. (rare):3.cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—With fut. perf. (rare):4.quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—With perf.:5.fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—With histor. pres.:6.Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—With imperf.:7.cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;8.very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—With pluperf. (very rare):* 9.exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—Pluperf. and imperf.:10.quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—Imperf. subj. (post-class.):11.tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:E.illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.1.Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.a.The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:(β).jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:(γ).erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:(δ).fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:b.quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.:(β).incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:(γ).atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:c.accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:2.Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.a.With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.(α).With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—With ordinals:(γ).vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—With diu:b.jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:c.quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:d.permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:3.dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.a.With cardinals.(α).Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—With nom.:b.nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—With diu or dudum:c.nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:4.omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.a.Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.(α).Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(β).dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:b.dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.(α).Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:(β).non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—(δ).Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—(ε).Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—(ζ).Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—(η).Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—(θ).Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—(κ).With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):5.quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).a.When, on an occasion, on which, etc.(α).With perf. indic.:(β).Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—With imperf. indic.:(γ).num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):(δ).nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—(ε).So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:b.sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).(α).With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:(β).fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—6.Cum interea (interim).a.Adverbial (rare).(α).Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—(β).Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:b.simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,(α).To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:(β).anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—To the inverted clauses (4.):(γ).tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:F.post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.1.After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).a.Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.(α).With indic.:(β).nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—With subj.:b.is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:c.L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):2.memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).a.Verbs of thanking:b.habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—Of congratulation:c.quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—Of rejoicing and grieving:d.quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—Dependent on optative sentences:G.di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.Elliptical usages (without predicate).1.Cum maxime.a.With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:b.etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:2.nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):H.foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.II.Causal, since, because, as.A.Anteclass., chiefly with indic.1.With pres. indic.:2.hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—With perf. indic.:3.praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—With subj.a.By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—b.Independent of such construction:B.jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—With perf. subj.:3.cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—With imperf. subj.a.Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:b.vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—Denoting cause without time:4.cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—With pluperf. subj.:C.Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.With adverbs of emphasis.1.Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:2.quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:3.nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:III.me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., chiefly,1.With indic.:2.hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—Subj.a.By construction of principal predicate:b.tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):B.eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:3.indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—With imperf. subj.:4.ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —With pluperf. subj.:IV.Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., mostly with indic.1.Indic.:2.qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).B.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.Pres. subj.:2.testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—Imperf. subj.:3.ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—With pluperf. subj.:V.cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.1.With imperf. subj.:2.quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—With pluperf. subj.:quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16. -
53 cum
1.cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.I.In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:b.qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—In an expression of displeasure:B.in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—In a designation of time with which some action concurs:C.egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:b.cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—Attributively, with subst.:2.et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).(α).Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,(β).cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—With ut:(γ).Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —With ne:3.obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:4.cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:D.ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:II.cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.In partic.A.Completing the meaning of verbs.1.With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:2.ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:3.cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:4.cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—Of deliberation and discussion:5.haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—Of strife, difference, etc.:6.quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—Of comparison:B.nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:C.hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;D.v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.► a.Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:b.quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—Before et... et, connecting two substt.:III.cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—B.It designates,1.A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—2.The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.2.Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].I.Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.A.In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.1.The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.a.Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—With principal predicate in fut. (rare):(γ).ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):b.haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—With logical perf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:(β).gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—(γ).With two logical perff. (rare):c.cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—With principal predicate in pres.:d.in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—With principal predicate in fut. indic.:(γ).cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—With principal predicate in fut. imper.:(δ).cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—With two fut. perff.:e.cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—In partic.(α).In definitions with pres, indic.:(β).humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:(γ).in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:2.sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—With subj. referring to indefinite time.a. (α).With pres. subj.:(β).acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—With perf. subj.:b.difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—c.In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):d.saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—e.If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:3.caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:a.formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).Cum with pres. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):b.Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—Cum with logical perf. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):c.at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—With principal predicate in fut. perf.:(γ).cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—With principal predicate in imper. fut.:(δ).mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):(ε).cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—d.With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):(γ).quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):4.quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—With subj. in definite time.a.Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—b.Sometimes by attraction:c.curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.B.In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.1.With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:2.portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —With pluperf. indic.a.Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:b.idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—c.If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:3.nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.a.With pluperf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:(β).cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—With principal predicate in perf. indic.:b.Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:4.cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.(α).When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):(β).Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:(γ).(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:5.qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.C.In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:1.quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).a.The clause expressing a momentary action:b.posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):c.in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:d.ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:2.ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.a.The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:b.set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):3.cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].a.Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.(α).Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:(β).eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:(γ).antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:(δ).tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:b.nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter(α).In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:(β).res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):(γ).magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:D.illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.1.The predicate in present:2.amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—With fut. (rare):3.cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—With fut. perf. (rare):4.quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—With perf.:5.fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—With histor. pres.:6.Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—With imperf.:7.cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;8.very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—With pluperf. (very rare):* 9.exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—Pluperf. and imperf.:10.quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—Imperf. subj. (post-class.):11.tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:E.illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.1.Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.a.The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:(β).jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:(γ).erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:(δ).fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:b.quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.:(β).incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:(γ).atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:c.accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:2.Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.a.With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.(α).With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—With ordinals:(γ).vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—With diu:b.jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:c.quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:d.permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:3.dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.a.With cardinals.(α).Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—With nom.:b.nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—With diu or dudum:c.nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:4.omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.a.Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.(α).Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(β).dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:b.dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.(α).Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:(β).non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—(δ).Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—(ε).Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—(ζ).Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—(η).Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—(θ).Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—(κ).With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):5.quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).a.When, on an occasion, on which, etc.(α).With perf. indic.:(β).Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—With imperf. indic.:(γ).num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):(δ).nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—(ε).So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:b.sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).(α).With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:(β).fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—6.Cum interea (interim).a.Adverbial (rare).(α).Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—(β).Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:b.simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,(α).To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:(β).anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—To the inverted clauses (4.):(γ).tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:F.post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.1.After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).a.Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.(α).With indic.:(β).nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—With subj.:b.is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:c.L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):2.memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).a.Verbs of thanking:b.habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—Of congratulation:c.quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—Of rejoicing and grieving:d.quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—Dependent on optative sentences:G.di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.Elliptical usages (without predicate).1.Cum maxime.a.With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:b.etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:2.nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):H.foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.II.Causal, since, because, as.A.Anteclass., chiefly with indic.1.With pres. indic.:2.hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—With perf. indic.:3.praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—With subj.a.By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—b.Independent of such construction:B.jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—With perf. subj.:3.cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—With imperf. subj.a.Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:b.vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—Denoting cause without time:4.cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—With pluperf. subj.:C.Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.With adverbs of emphasis.1.Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:2.quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:3.nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:III.me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., chiefly,1.With indic.:2.hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—Subj.a.By construction of principal predicate:b.tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):B.eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:3.indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—With imperf. subj.:4.ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —With pluperf. subj.:IV.Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., mostly with indic.1.Indic.:2.qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).B.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.Pres. subj.:2.testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—Imperf. subj.:3.ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—With pluperf. subj.:V.cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.1.With imperf. subj.:2.quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—With pluperf. subj.:quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16. -
54 Cum2
1.cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.I.In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:b.qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—In an expression of displeasure:B.in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—In a designation of time with which some action concurs:C.egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:b.cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—Attributively, with subst.:2.et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).(α).Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,(β).cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—With ut:(γ).Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —With ne:3.obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:4.cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:D.ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:II.cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.In partic.A.Completing the meaning of verbs.1.With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:2.ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:3.cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:4.cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—Of deliberation and discussion:5.haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—Of strife, difference, etc.:6.quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—Of comparison:B.nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:C.hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;D.v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.► a.Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:b.quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—Before et... et, connecting two substt.:III.cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—B.It designates,1.A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—2.The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.2.Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].I.Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.A.In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.1.The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.a.Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—With principal predicate in fut. (rare):(γ).ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):b.haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—With logical perf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:(β).gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—(γ).With two logical perff. (rare):c.cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—With principal predicate in pres.:d.in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—With principal predicate in fut. indic.:(γ).cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—With principal predicate in fut. imper.:(δ).cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—With two fut. perff.:e.cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—In partic.(α).In definitions with pres, indic.:(β).humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:(γ).in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:2.sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—With subj. referring to indefinite time.a. (α).With pres. subj.:(β).acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—With perf. subj.:b.difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—c.In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):d.saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—e.If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:3.caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:a.formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).Cum with pres. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):b.Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—Cum with logical perf. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):c.at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—With principal predicate in fut. perf.:(γ).cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—With principal predicate in imper. fut.:(δ).mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):(ε).cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—d.With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):(γ).quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):4.quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—With subj. in definite time.a.Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—b.Sometimes by attraction:c.curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.B.In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.1.With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:2.portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —With pluperf. indic.a.Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:b.idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—c.If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:3.nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.a.With pluperf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:(β).cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—With principal predicate in perf. indic.:b.Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:4.cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.(α).When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):(β).Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:(γ).(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:5.qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.C.In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:1.quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).a.The clause expressing a momentary action:b.posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):c.in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:d.ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:2.ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.a.The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:b.set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):3.cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].a.Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.(α).Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:(β).eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:(γ).antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:(δ).tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:b.nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter(α).In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:(β).res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):(γ).magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:D.illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.1.The predicate in present:2.amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—With fut. (rare):3.cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—With fut. perf. (rare):4.quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—With perf.:5.fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—With histor. pres.:6.Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—With imperf.:7.cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;8.very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—With pluperf. (very rare):* 9.exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—Pluperf. and imperf.:10.quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—Imperf. subj. (post-class.):11.tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:E.illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.1.Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.a.The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:(β).jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:(γ).erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:(δ).fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:b.quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.:(β).incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:(γ).atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:c.accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:2.Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.a.With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.(α).With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—With ordinals:(γ).vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—With diu:b.jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:c.quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:d.permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:3.dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.a.With cardinals.(α).Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—With nom.:b.nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—With diu or dudum:c.nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:4.omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.a.Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.(α).Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(β).dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:b.dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.(α).Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:(β).non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—(δ).Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—(ε).Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—(ζ).Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—(η).Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—(θ).Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—(κ).With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):5.quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).a.When, on an occasion, on which, etc.(α).With perf. indic.:(β).Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—With imperf. indic.:(γ).num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):(δ).nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—(ε).So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:b.sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).(α).With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:(β).fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—6.Cum interea (interim).a.Adverbial (rare).(α).Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—(β).Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:b.simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,(α).To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:(β).anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—To the inverted clauses (4.):(γ).tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:F.post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.1.After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).a.Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.(α).With indic.:(β).nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—With subj.:b.is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:c.L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):2.memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).a.Verbs of thanking:b.habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—Of congratulation:c.quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—Of rejoicing and grieving:d.quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—Dependent on optative sentences:G.di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.Elliptical usages (without predicate).1.Cum maxime.a.With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:b.etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:2.nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):H.foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.II.Causal, since, because, as.A.Anteclass., chiefly with indic.1.With pres. indic.:2.hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—With perf. indic.:3.praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—With subj.a.By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—b.Independent of such construction:B.jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—With perf. subj.:3.cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—With imperf. subj.a.Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:b.vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—Denoting cause without time:4.cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—With pluperf. subj.:C.Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.With adverbs of emphasis.1.Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:2.quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:3.nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:III.me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., chiefly,1.With indic.:2.hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—Subj.a.By construction of principal predicate:b.tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):B.eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:3.indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—With imperf. subj.:4.ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —With pluperf. subj.:IV.Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., mostly with indic.1.Indic.:2.qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).B.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.Pres. subj.:2.testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—Imperf. subj.:3.ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—With pluperf. subj.:V.cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.1.With imperf. subj.:2.quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—With pluperf. subj.:quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16. -
55 -n
1 dative ending, originating as a reduced form of -nă to, related to the allative ending -nna VT49:14. Attested in nin, men, ten, enyalien, Erun, airefëan, tárin, yondon q.v. and also added to the English name Elaine Elainen in a book dedication to Elaine Griffiths VT49:40. The longer dative ending -na is also attested in connection with some pronouns, such as sena, téna, véna q.v., also in the noun mariéna from márië goodness PE17:59. Pl. -in as in hínin, see hína, partitive pl. -lin, dual -nt Plotz. The preposition ana \#1 is said to be used when purely dative formula is required PE17:147, perhaps meaning that it can replace the dative ending, e.g. *ana Eru instead of Erun for to God. In some of Tolkiens earlier material, the ending -n or -en expressed genitive rather than dative, but he later decided that the genitive ending was to be -o cf. such a revision as Yénië Valinóren becoming Yénië Valinórëo, MR:200. 2, also -nyë, pronominal ending, 1st person sg. "I" VT49:51, as in utúlien "I am come" EO, cainen I lay VT48:12-13, carin or carinyë I do VT49:16, veryanen *I married VT49:45. See also VT49:48. Long form -nye- with object ending -s it following in utúvienyes see tuv-. A possible attestation of -n in object position me is provided by the untranslated verbal form tankassen PE17:76, where -n may be preceded by -sse- as a longer form of the 3rd person sg. ending -s see -s \#1. 3 a plural sign used in some of the case endings WJ:407: Pl. genitive -on, pl. ablative -llon but also -llor, pl. locative -ssen. -
56 take
take [teɪk]prendre ⇒ 1A (a), 1A (b), 1B (a), 1B (c)-(e), 1C (b), 1D (a), 1D (b), 1E (a), 1F (a), 1G (a), 1G (b), 1G (d), 1H (a), 1H (b), 1I (a), 1I (c), 1I (d), 1I (f), 1I (g), 2 (a)-(c) porter ⇒ 1B (a) mener ⇒ 1B (b) conduire ⇒ 1C (a) recevoir ⇒ 1D (c) croire ⇒ 1F (b) supporter ⇒ 1F (d) supposer ⇒ 1G (c) contenir ⇒ 1I (e) passer ⇒ 1I (i)A.∎ let me take your coat donnez-moi votre manteau;∎ she took the book from him elle lui a pris le livre;∎ to take sb's hand prendre qn par la main;∎ she took his arm elle lui a pris le bras;∎ Peter took her in his arms Peter l'a prise dans ses bras;∎ the wolf took its prey by the throat le loup a saisi sa proie à la gorge(b) (get control of, capture → person) prendre, capturer; (→ fish, game) prendre, attraper; Military prendre, s'emparer de;∎ they took the town that night ils prirent ou s'emparèrent de la ville cette nuit-là;∎ to take sb prisoner faire qn prisonnier;∎ to take sb alive prendre ou capturer qn vivant;∎ I took his queen with my rook j'ai pris sa reine avec ma tour;∎ to take control of a situation prendre une situation en main;∎ we took our courage in both hands nous avons pris notre courage à deux mains;∎ you're taking your life in your hands doing that c'est ta vie que tu risques en faisant cela;∎ to take the lead in sth (in competition) prendre la tête de qch; (set example) être le premier à faire qchB.(a) (carry from one place to another) porter, apporter; (carry along, have in one's possession) prendre, emporter;∎ she took her mother a cup of tea elle a apporté une tasse de thé à sa mère;∎ he took the map with him il a emporté la carte;∎ she took some towels up(stairs)/down(stairs) elle a monté/descendu des serviettes;∎ don't forget to take your camera n'oubliez pas (de prendre) votre appareil photo;∎ figurative the committee wanted to take the matter further le comité voulait mener l'affaire plus loin;∎ the devil take it! que le diable l'emporte!;∎ you can't take it with you (money when you die) tu ne l'emporteras pas avec toi dans la tombe∎ her father takes her to school son père l'emmène à l'école;∎ could you take me home? pourriez-vous me ramener ou me raccompagner?;∎ to take sb across the road faire traverser la rue à qn;∎ may I take you to dinner? puis-je vous inviter à dîner ou vous emmener dîner?;∎ he offered to take them to work in the car il leur a proposé de les emmener au bureau en voiture ou de les conduire au bureau;∎ to take oneself to bed aller se coucher;∎ please take me with you emmène-moi, s'il te plaît;∎ humorous I can't take you anywhere tu n'es pas sortable;∎ the estate agent took them over the house l'agent immobilier leur a fait visiter la maison;∎ he took her round the museum il lui a fait visiter le musée;∎ she used to take me along to meetings (avant,) elle m'emmenait aux réunions;∎ this road will take you to the station cette route vous mènera ou vous conduira à la gare;∎ I don't want to take you out of your way je ne veux pas vous faire faire un détour;∎ her job took her all over Africa son travail l'a fait voyager dans toute l'Afrique;∎ that's what first took me to Portugal c'est ce qui m'a amené au Portugal;∎ whatever took him there? qu'allait-il faire là-bas?;∎ the record took her to number one in the charts le disque lui a permis d'être première au hit-parade∎ she took a handkerchief from her pocket elle a sorti un mouchoir de sa poche;∎ I took a chocolate from the box j'ai pris un chocolat dans la boîte;∎ take a book from the shelf prenez un livre sur l'étagère;∎ take your feet off the table enlève tes pieds de la table;∎ he took the saucepan off the heat il a ôté ou retiré la casserole du feu(d) (appropriate, steal) prendre, voler;∎ to take sth from sb prendre qch à qn;∎ someone's taken my wallet on a pris mon portefeuille;∎ his article is taken directly from my book le texte de son article est tiré directement de mon livre(e) (draw, derive) prendre, tirer;∎ a passage taken from a book un passage extrait d'un livre;∎ a phrase taken from Latin une expression empruntée au latin;∎ the title is taken from the Bible le titre vient de la Bible;∎ to take a print from a negative tirer une épreuve d'un négatifC.(a) (of bus, car, train etc) conduire, transporter;∎ the ambulance took him to hospital l'ambulance l'a transporté à l'hôpital;∎ this bus will take you to the theatre ce bus vous conduira au théâtre;∎ will this train take me to Cambridge? est-ce que ce train va à ou passe par Cambridge?∎ American take a right prenez à droiteD.∎ she took a quick look at him elle a jeté un rapide coup d'œil sur lui;∎ he took a flying leap il a bondi;∎ to take a photo or a picture prendre une photo;∎ she took his picture or a picture of him elle l'a pris en photo;∎ we had our picture taken nous nous sommes fait photographier ou prendre en photo;∎ familiar he takes a good photo (is photogenic) il est photogénique□(c) (receive, get) recevoir; (earn, win → prize) remporter, obtenir; (→ degree, diploma) obtenir, avoir;∎ he took the blow on his arm il a pris le coup sur le bras;∎ you can take the call in my office vous pouvez prendre l'appel dans mon bureau;∎ the bookstore takes about $3,000 a day la librairie fait à peu près 3000 dollars (de recette) par jour;∎ how much does he take home a month? quel est son salaire mensuel net?;∎ Cards we took all the tricks nous avons fait toutes les levées;∎ their team took the match leur équipe a gagné ou remporté le matchE.(a) (assume, undertake) prendre;∎ to take the blame for sth prendre la responsabilité de qch;∎ you'll have to take the consequences c'est vous qui en subirez les conséquences;∎ she takes all the credit for our success elle s'attribue tout le mérite de notre réussite;∎ I take responsibility for their safety je me charge de leur sécurité;∎ to take the part of Hamlet jouer (le rôle d')Hamlet∎ he took my side in the argument il a pris parti pour moi dans la dispute;∎ the boy took an oath or a vow to avenge his family le garçon a fait serment ou a juré de venger sa famille;∎ American to take the Fifth (Amendment) invoquer le Cinquième Amendement (pour refuser de répondre)∎ may I take the liberty of inviting you to dinner? puis-je me permettre de vous inviter à dîner?;∎ he took the opportunity to thank them or of thanking them il a profité de l'occasion pour les remercierF.∎ the doctor only takes private patients le docteur ne prend pas les patients du service public;∎ the owner won't take less than $100 for it le propriétaire en veut au moins 100 dollars;∎ does this machine take pound coins? cette machine accepte-t-elle les pièces d'une livre?;∎ to take a bribe se laisser acheter ou corrompre;∎ you'll have to take me as I am il faut me prendre comme je suis;∎ take things as they come prenez les choses comme elles viennent;∎ I won't take "no" for an answer pas question de refuser;∎ it's my last offer, (you can) take it or leave it c'est ma dernière offre, c'est à prendre ou à laisser;∎ I'll take it from here je prends la suite;∎ I'll take it from there je verrai à ce moment-là(b) (accept as valid) croire;∎ to take sb's advice suivre les conseils de qn;∎ take it from me, he's a crook croyez-moi, c'est un escroc∎ let's take things one at a time prenons les choses une par une;∎ the mayor took their questions calmly le maire a entendu leurs questions avec calme;∎ how did she take the questioning? comment a-t-elle réagi à ou pris l'interrogatoire?;∎ they took the news well or in their stride ils ont plutôt bien pris la nouvelle;∎ to take sth badly prendre mal qch;∎ familiar to take things easy or it easy se la couler douce;∎ familiar take it easy! (don't get angry) du calme!□∎ don't take any nonsense! ne te laisse pas faire!;∎ your father won't take any nonsense ton père ne plaisante pas avec ce genre de choses;∎ she can take it elle tiendra le coup;∎ esp American I'm not taking any! je ne marche pas!;∎ we couldn't take any more on n'en pouvait plus;∎ I can't take much more of this je commence à en avoir assez, je ne vais pas supporter cela bien longtemps;∎ I find his constant sarcasm rather hard to take je trouve ses sarcasmes perpétuels difficiles à supporter;∎ don't expect me to take this lying down ne comptez pas sur moi pour accepter ça sans rien dire;∎ those shoes have taken a lot of punishment ces chaussures en ont vu de toutes les couleurs;∎ to take heavy loads (crane, engine etc) supporter de lourdes charges;∎ it won't take your weight ça ne supportera pas ton poids(e) (experience, feel)∎ to take fright prendre peur;∎ to take an interest in sb/sth s'intéresser à qn/qch;∎ don't take offence ne vous vexez pas, ne vous offensez pas;∎ no offence taken il n'y a pas de mal;∎ we take pleasure in travelling nous prenons plaisir à voyager;∎ she takes pride in her work elle est fière de ce qu'elle fait;∎ to take pride in one's appearance prendre soin de sa personneG.(a) (consider, look at) prendre, considérer;∎ take Einstein (for example) prenons (l'exemple d')Einstein;∎ take the case of Colombia prenons le cas de la Colombie;∎ taking everything into consideration tout bien considéré;∎ to take sb/sth seriously prendre qn/qch au sérieux∎ do you take me for an idiot? vous me prenez pour un idiot?;∎ what do you take me for? pour qui me prenez-vous?;∎ I took you for an Englishman je vous croyais anglais;∎ he took me for somebody else il m'a pris pour quelqu'un d'autre;∎ to take the news as or to be true tenir la nouvelle pour vraie;∎ how old do you take her to be? quel âge est-ce que tu lui donnes?(c) (suppose, presume) supposer, présumer;∎ he's never been to Madrid, I take it si je comprends bien, il n'a jamais été à Madrid;∎ I take it you're his mother je suppose que vous êtes sa mère(d) (interpret, understand) prendre, comprendre;∎ we never know how to take his jokes on ne sait jamais comment prendre ses plaisanteries;∎ don't take that literally ne le prenez pas au pied de la lettre;∎ he was slow to take my meaning il lui a fallu un moment avant de comprendre ce que je voulais direH.∎ how long will it take to get there? combien de temps faudra-t-il pour y aller?;∎ the flight takes three hours le vol dure trois heures;∎ it will take you ten minutes vous en avez pour dix minutes;∎ it took him a minute to understand il a mis une minute avant de comprendre;∎ it took us longer than I expected cela nous a pris plus de temps que je ne pensais;∎ it takes time to learn a language il faut du temps pour apprendre une langue;∎ what kind of batteries does it take? quelle sorte de piles faut-il?;∎ my car takes unleaded ma voiture roule au sans-plomb;∎ he took a bit of coaxing before he accepted il a fallu le pousser un peu pour qu'il accepte;∎ it took four people to stop the brawl ils ont dû se mettre à quatre pour arrêter la bagarre;∎ it takes a clever man to do that bien malin ou habile qui peut le faire;∎ it takes courage to admit one's mistakes il faut du courage pour admettre ses erreurs;∎ it takes patience to work with children il faut de la patience ou il faut être patient pour travailler avec les enfants;∎ one glance was all it took un regard a suffi;∎ the job took some doing la tâche n'a pas été facile;∎ that will take some explaining voilà qui va demander des explications;∎ her story takes some believing son histoire n'est pas facile à croire;∎ to have what it takes to do/to be sth avoir les qualités nécessaires pour faire/être qch;∎ we need someone with leadership qualities - she has what it takes il nous faut quelqu'un qui ait des qualités de dirigeant - ce n'est pas ce qui lui manque;∎ familiar he's so lazy - it takes one to know one! il est vraiment paresseux - tu peux parler!∎ "falloir" takes the subjunctive "falloir" est suivi du subjonctif;∎ noun that takes an "s" in the plural nom qui prend un "s" au plurielI.(a) (food, drink etc) prendre;∎ do you take milk in your coffee? prenez-vous du lait dans votre café?;∎ how do you take your coffee? qu'est-ce que tu prends dans ton café?;∎ I invited him to take tea je l'ai invité à prendre le thé;∎ she refused to take any food elle a refusé de manger (quoi que ce soit);∎ to take drugs se droguer;∎ how many pills has he taken? combien de comprimés a-t-il pris ou absorbé?;∎ not to be taken internally (on packaging) (à) usage externe;∎ to be taken twice a day (on packaging) à prendre deux fois par jour;∎ to take the air prendre l'air∎ she takes a size 10 elle prend du 38;∎ what size shoe do you take? quelle est votre pointure?∎ I'll take it je le prends;∎ what newspaper do you take? quel journal prenez-vous?;∎ take your partners (at dance) invitez vos partenaires(d) (occupy → chair, seat) prendre, s'asseoir sur;∎ take a seat asseyez-vous;∎ take your seats! prenez vos places!;∎ is this seat taken? cette place est-elle occupée ou prise?(e) (hold → of container, building etc) contenir, avoir une capacité de;∎ this bus takes fifty passengers c'est un car de cinquante places(f) (ascertain, find out) prendre;∎ to take sb's pulse/temperature prendre le pouls/la température de qn;∎ to take a reading from a meter lire ou relever un compteur(g) (write down → notes, letter) prendre;∎ he took a note of her address il a noté son adresse(h) (subtract) soustraire, déduire;∎ they took 10 percent off the price ils ont baissé le prix de 10 pour cent;∎ take 4 from 9 and you have 5 ôtez 4 de 9, il reste 5∎ I took Latin and Greek at A level ≃ j'ai pris latin et grec au bac;∎ she took her degree last year elle a obtenu son diplôme l'an dernier;∎ she takes us for maths on l'a en maths∎ to take a service célébrer un office;∎ the assistant director took the rehearsals l'assistant réalisateur s'est occupé des répétitions(k) (contract, develop)∎ to take a chill, to take cold prendre froid;∎ to take sick, to be taken ill tomber malade;∎ I was taken with a fit of the giggles j'ai été pris d'un fou rire;∎ she took an instant dislike to him elle l'a tout de suite pris en aversion(l) (direct, aim)∎ she took a swipe at him elle a voulu le gifler;∎ Football to take a penalty tirer un penalty∎ she takes all her problems to her sister elle raconte tous ses problèmes à sa sœur;∎ he took the matter to his boss il a soumis la question à son patron;∎ Law they intend to take the case to the High Court ils ont l'intention d'en appeler à la Cour suprême∎ he took an axe to the door il a donné des coups de hache dans la porte;∎ take the scissors to it vas-y avec les ciseaux;∎ his father took a stick to him son père lui a donné des coups de bâton;∎ Law they took legal proceedings against him ils lui ont intenté un procès(o) (catch unawares) prendre, surprendre;∎ to take sb by surprise or off guard surprendre qn, prendre qn au dépourvu;∎ his death took us by surprise sa mort nous a surpris∎ they took him for every penny (he was worth) ils lui ont pris jusqu'à son dernier sou(a) (work, have desired effect) prendre;∎ did the dye take? est-ce que la teinture a pris?;∎ it was too cold for the seeds to take il faisait trop froid pour que les graines germent(b) (become popular) prendre, avoir du succès3 noun(b) Cinema, Photography & Television prise f de vue; Radio enregistrement m, prise f de son; (of record etc) enregistrement m∎ what's your take on her attitude? comment est-ce que tu interprètes son attitude?∎ to be on the take toucher des pots-de-vin□, palper(astonish) étonner, ébahir; (disconcert) déconcerter;∎ her question took him aback sa question l'a déconcerté;∎ I was taken aback by the news la nouvelle m'a beaucoup surprisressembler à, tenir de;∎ she takes after her mother in looks physiquement, elle tient de sa mère(a) (dismantle) démonter;∎ figurative they took the room apart looking for evidence ils ont mis la pièce sens dessus dessous pour trouver des preuves(b) (criticize) critiquerprendre à part, emmener à l'écart;∎ the boss took her aside for a chat le patron l'a prise à part pour discuter∎ take that knife away from him enlevez-lui ce couteau;∎ they took away his pension ils lui ont retiré sa pension;∎ they took their daughter away from the club ils ont retiré leur fille du club;∎ his work took him away from his family for long periods son travail le tenait éloigné de sa famille pendant de longues périodes;∎ euphemism the police took his father away son père a été arrêté par la police;∎ it takes away the fun ça gâche tout∎ not to be taken away (in library) à consulter sur place(c) Mathematics soustraire, retrancher;∎ nine take away six is three neuf moins six font trois∎ that doesn't take away from his achievements as an athlete ça n'enlève rien à ses exploits d'athlète;∎ to take away from the pleasure/value of sth diminuer le plaisir/la valeur de qch(a) (after absence, departure) reprendre;∎ she took her husband back elle a accepté que son mari revienne vivre avec elle;∎ the factory took back the workers l'usine a repris les ouvriers(b) (gift, unsold goods, sale item etc) reprendre∎ take it back to the shop rapporte-le au magasin;∎ he took her back home il l'a raccompagnée ou ramenée chez elle(d) (retract, withdraw) retirer, reprendre;∎ I take back everything I said je retire tout ce que j'ai dit;∎ all right, I take it back! d'accord, je n'ai rien dit!∎ that takes me back to my childhood ça me rappelle mon enfance;∎ that song takes me back forty years cette chanson me ramène quarante ans en arrière;∎ it takes you back a bit, doesn't it? ça ne nous rajeunit pas tout ça, hein?(f) Typography transférer à la ligne précédente∎ the lift took us down to the 4th floor l'ascenseur nous a amenés au 4ème étage∎ she took the book down from the shelf elle a pris le livre sur l'étagère;∎ can you help me take the curtains down? peux-tu m'aider à décrocher les rideaux?;∎ she took his picture down from the wall elle a enlevé sa photo du mur;∎ he took his trousers down il a baissé son pantalon∎ he took down the registration number il a relevé le numéro d'immatriculation;∎ to take down a letter in shorthand prendre une lettre en sténo(d) (dismantle → scaffolding, circus tent) démonterse démonter(b) (bring into one's home → person) héberger; (→ boarder) prendre; (→ orphan, stray animal) recueillir;∎ she takes in ironing elle fait du repassage à domicile∎ the police took him in la police l'a mis ou placé en garde à vue(d) (air, water, food etc)∎ she can only take in food intravenously on ne peut la nourrir que par intraveineuse;∎ whales take in air through their blowhole les baleines respirent par l'évent(e) (understand, perceive) saisir, comprendre;∎ he was sitting taking it all in il était là, assis, écoutant tout ce qui se disait;∎ he didn't take in the real implications of her announcement il n'a pas saisi les véritables implications de sa déclaration;∎ I can't take in the fact that I've won je n'arrive pas à croire que j'ai gagné;∎ she took in the situation at a glance elle a compris la situation en un clin d'œil∎ you'd better take in the slack on the rope tu ferais bien de tendre ou retendre la corde;∎ Nautical to take in a sail carguer ou serrer une voile∎ the tour takes in all the important towns l'excursion passe par toutes les villes importantes(h) (attend, go to) aller à;∎ to take in a show aller au théâtre;∎ she took in the castle while in Blois elle a visité le château pendant qu'elle était à Blois;∎ they took in the sights in Rome ils ont fait le tour des sites touristiques à Rome∎ don't be taken in by him ne vous laissez pas rouler par lui;∎ I'm not going to be taken in by your lies je ne suis pas dupe de tes mensonges□ ;∎ he was completely taken in il marchait complètement➲ take off(a) (remove → clothing, lid, make-up, tag) enlever;∎ the boy took his clothes off le garçon a enlevé ses vêtements ou s'est déshabillé;∎ she took her glasses off elle a enlevé ses lunettes;∎ he often takes the phone off the hook il laisse souvent le téléphone décroché;∎ to take sb off a list rayer qn d'une liste;∎ the surgeon had to take her leg off le chirurgien a dû l'amputer de la jambe;∎ Cars to take off the brake desserrer le frein (à main);∎ figurative he didn't take his eyes off her all night il ne l'a pas quittée des yeux de la soirée;∎ I tried to take her mind off her troubles j'ai essayé de lui changer les idées ou de la distraire de ses ennuis;∎ familiar his retirement has taken ten years off him sa retraite l'a rajeuni de dix ans□ ;∎ to take sth off sb's hands débarrasser qn de qch;∎ I'll take the baby off your hands for a few hours je vais garder le bébé pendant quelques heures, ça te libérera∎ the teacher took one point off her grade le professeur lui a retiré un point;∎ the manager took 10 percent off the price le directeur a baissé le prix de 10 pour cent(c) (lead away) emmener;∎ she was taken off to hospital on l'a transportée à l'hôpital;∎ the murderer was taken off to jail on a emmené l'assassin en prison;∎ her friend took her off to dinner son ami l'a emmenée dîner;∎ she took herself off to Italy elle est partie en Italie;∎ to take the passengers off (by boat from a ship) débarquer les passagers;∎ the injured man was taken off the ship by helicopter le blessé a été évacué du bateau par hélicoptère∎ to take some time off prendre un congé;∎ take a few days off prenez quelques jours de vacances ou de congé;∎ she takes Thursdays off elle ne travaille pas le jeudi(a) (aeroplane) décoller;∎ they took off for or to Heathrow ils se sont envolés pour Heathrow∎ he took off without telling us il est parti sans nous avertir➲ take on(a) (accept, undertake) prendre, accepter;∎ to take on the responsibility for sth se charger de qch;∎ don't take on more than you can handle ne vous surchargez pas;∎ she took it on herself to tell him elle a pris sur elle de le lui dire;∎ to take on a bet accepter un pari∎ the unions took on the government les syndicats se sont attaqués ou s'en sont pris au gouvernement;∎ I shouldn't like to take him on je n'aimerais pas avoir affaire à lui;∎ he took us on at poker il nous a défiés au poker(c) (acquire, assume) prendre, revêtir;∎ her face took on a worried look elle a pris un air inquiet;∎ the word takes on another meaning le mot prend une autre significationfamiliar (fret, carry on) s'en faire;∎ don't take on so! ne t'en fais pas!∎ take the cheese out of the refrigerator sors le fromage du réfrigérateur;∎ he took the knife out of his pocket il a sorti le couteau de sa poche;∎ take your hands out of your pockets enlève les mains de tes poches;∎ they took their children out of school ils ont retiré leurs enfants de l'école;∎ Medicine to take out sb's appendix/tonsils enlever l'appendice/les amygdales à qn;∎ figurative to take the food out of sb's mouth retirer le pain de la bouche de qn∎ to take sb out to dinner/to the movies emmener qn dîner/au cinéma;∎ I took her out for a bike ride je l'ai emmenée faire un tour à vélo;∎ would you take the dog out? tu veux bien sortir le chien ou aller promener le chien?(d) (obtain → subscription) prendre; (→ insurance policy) souscrire à, prendre; (→ licence) se procurer; (→ patent) prendre;∎ to take out a mortgage faire un emprunt immobilier∎ to take sb out (kill) buter qn, zigouiller qn, refroidir qn;∎ the planes took the factory out by bombing les avions ont détruit l'usine (en la bombardant)∎ to take out one's partner changer la couleur annoncée par son partenaire∎ to take sb out of himself/herself changer les idées à qn;∎ familiar working as an interpreter takes a lot out of you le travail d'interprète est épuisant□ ;∎ familiar the operation really took it out of him l'opération l'a mis à plat;∎ familiar it takes the fun out of it ça gâche tout□ ;∎ familiar to take it out on sb s'en prendre à qn□ ;∎ familiar he took his anger out on his wife il a passé sa colère sur sa femme□ ;∎ familiar don't take it out on me! ne t'en prends pas à moi!□(a) (assume responsibility of) reprendre;∎ he wants his daughter to take over the business il veut que sa fille reprenne l'affaire;∎ she took over my classes elle a pris la suite de mes cours;∎ will you be taking over his job? est-ce que vous allez le remplacer (dans ses fonctions)?(b) (gain control of, invade) s'emparer de;∎ the military took over the country l'armée a pris le pouvoir;∎ she takes the place over (by being bossy etc) elle joue les despotes;∎ fast-food restaurants have taken over Paris les fast-foods ou French Canadian restaurants-minute ont envahi Paris∎ they were taken over by a Japanese firm ils ont été rachetés par une entreprise japonaise∎ I'll take you over by car je vais vous y conduire en voiture;∎ the boat took us over to Seattle le bateau nous a emmenés jusqu'à Seattle(e) Typography transférer à la ligne suivante∎ who will take over now that the mayor has stepped down? qui va prendre la relève maintenant que le maire a donné sa démission?;∎ I'll take over when he leaves je le remplacerai quand il partira;∎ will he allow her to take over? va-t-il lui céder la place?;∎ compact discs have taken over from records le (disque) compact a remplacé le (disque) vinyle(b) (army, dictator) prendre le pouvoir(a) (have a liking for → person) se prendre d'amitié ou de sympathie pour, prendre en amitié; (→ activity, game) prendre goût à;∎ I think he took to you je crois que vous lui avez plu;∎ we took to one another at once nous avons tout de suite sympathisé;∎ she didn't take to him il ne lui a pas plu;∎ we've really taken to golf nous avons vraiment pris goût au golf(b) (acquire as a habit) se mettre à;∎ to take to drink or to the bottle se mettre à boire;∎ to take to doing sth se mettre à faire qch;∎ she took to wearing black elle s'est mise à s'habiller en noir(c) (make for, head for)∎ he's taken to his bed with the flu il est alité avec la grippe;∎ the rebels took to the hills les insurgés se sont réfugiés dans les collines;∎ they took to the woods ils se sont enfuis dans les bois;∎ to take to the road prendre la route;∎ to take to the boats monter dans les canots de sauvetage➲ take up∎ the lift took us up to the 25th floor l'ascenseur nous a amenés au 25ème étage(b) (pick up → object) ramasser, prendre; (→ passenger) prendre; (→ paving stones, railway tracks) enlever;∎ she took up the notes from the table elle a ramassé ou pris les notes sur la table;∎ they're taking up the street la rue est en travaux;∎ we finally took up the carpet nous avons enfin enlevé la moquette∎ you'd better take up the slack in that rope tu ferais mieux de retendre ou tendre cette corde∎ this table takes up too much room cette table prend trop de place ou est trop encombrante;∎ moving house took up the whole day le déménagement a pris toute la journée;∎ her work takes up all her attention son travail l'absorbe complètement(f) (begin, become interested in → activity, hobby) se mettre à; (→ job) prendre; (→ career) commencer, embrasser;∎ when did you take up Greek? quand est-ce que tu t'es mis au grec?;∎ I've taken up gardening je me suis mis au jardinage(g) (continue, resume) reprendre, continuer;∎ I took up the tale where Susan had left off j'ai repris l'histoire là où Susan l'avait laissée;∎ she took up her knitting again elle a repris son tricot(h) (adopt → attitude) prendre, adopter; (→ method) adopter; (→ place, position) prendre; (→ idea) adopter;∎ they took up residence in town ils se sont installés en ville;∎ to take up one's duties entrer en fonctions∎ take it up with the boss parlez-en au patron(k) (shares, stock) souscrire àreprendre, continuer∎ he took it upon himself to organize the meeting il s'est chargé d'organiser la réunion(a) (accept offer, advice of)∎ his daughter took him up on his advice sa fille a suivi ses conseils;∎ he might take you up on that someday! il risque de vous prendre au mot un jour!;∎ she took him up on his promise elle a mis sa parole à l'épreuve∎ I'd like to take you up on that point j'aimerais revenir sur ce point avec vous∎ to take up with sb se lier d'amitié avec qn, prendre qn en amitié;∎ she took up with a bad crowd elle s'est mise à fréquenter des vauriens∎ to be taken up with doing sth être occupé à faire qch;∎ she's very taken up with him elle ne pense qu'à lui;∎ she's taken up with her business elle est très prise par ses affaires;∎ meetings were taken up with talk about the economy on passait les réunions à parler de l'économieⓘ Take me to your leader Il s'agit de la formule prononcée par les extra-terrestres fraîchement débarqués sur terre dans les vieux films de science-fiction et adressée au premier terrien rencontré. On emploie cette phrase ("menez-moi jusqu'à votre chef") de façon humoristique lorsque, dans une situation donnée, on désire parler au responsable. -
57 машинное оборудование
машинное оборудование
термин " машинное оборудование" означает:
- сборочную единицу, состоящую из соединенных частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, одна из которых находится в движении, имеет соответствующие приводы, схему управления, цепь питания, и т.д., соединенные вместе с целью специального применения, в частности, для производства, обработки, перемещения или упаковки материала;
- группу машин, которые для достижения той же цели организованы и управляется таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое;
- взаимозаменяемое оборудование, модифицирующее функции машины, которое отдельно поставляется на рынок и предназначено для установки на машине или на серии различных машин или на приводном устройстве самим оператором, при условии, что данное оборудование не является запасной частью или инструментом.
[Директива 98/37/ЕЭС по машинному оборудованию]EN
machinery
‘machinery’ means:
— an assembly of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, with the appropriate
actuators, control and power circuits, etc., joined together for a specific application, in particular
for the processing, treatment, moving or packaging of a material,
— an assembly of machines which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole,
— interchangeable equipment modifying the function of a machine, which is placed on the market for the purpose of being assembled with a machine or a series of different machines or with a tractor by the operator himself in so far as this equipment is not a spare part or a tool
[DIRECTIVE 98/37/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL]Параллельные тексты EN-RU
3. The following are excluded from the scope of this Directive:
3. Из области применения данной Директивы исключаются:
— machinery whose only power source is directly applied manual effort, unless it is a machine used for lifting or lowering loads,
- машинное оборудование, для которых источником энергии является исключительно непосредственное применение ручной силы, за исключением механизмов для подъема и опускания грузов;
— machinery for medical use used in direct contact with patients,
- медицинские приборы;
— special equipment for use in fairgrounds and/or amusement parks,
- специальное оборудование для использования в аттракционах и/или парках для развлечений;
— steam boilers, tanks and pressure vessels,
- паровые котлы, резервуары и сосуды под давлением;
— machinery specially designed or put into service for nuclear purposes which, in the event of failure, may result in an emission of radioactivity,
- машинное оборудование, специально сконструированное или используемое в атомной отрасли, которые в случае аварии могут привести к выделению радиоактивных веществ;
— radioactive sources forming part of a machine,
- радиоактивные источники, составляющие часть машин;
— firearms,
- стрелковое оружие;
— storage tanks and pipelines for petrol, diesel fuel, inflammable liquids and dangerous substances,
- емкости для хранения или трубопроводы для бензина, дизельного топлива, огнеопасных жидкостей и опасных веществ;
— means of transport, i.e. vehicles and their trailers intended solely for transporting passengers by air or on road, rail or water networks, as well as means of transport in so far as such means are designed for transporting goods by air, on public road or rail networks or on water. Vehicles used in the mineral extraction industry shall not be excluded,
- транспортные средства, т.е. средства перевозки и их прицепы, предназначенные исключительно для перевозки пассажиров по воздуху, автодороге, железной дороге, или водными путями, а также транспортные средства, сконструированные для транспортировки грузов по воздуху, по общедоступным дорогам, железным дорогам или водным путям. Средства транспортировки, используемые в горнодобывающей промышленности, не исключаются из области применения настоящей Директивы;
— seagoing vessels and mobile offshore units together with equipment on board such vessels or units,
- морские суда и мобильные береговые агрегаты вместе с оборудованием на борту, такие как танки или установки;
— cableways, including funicular railways, for the public or private transportation of persons,
- канатные дороги, включая фуникулерные железные дороги для общественного или частного пользования, предназначенные для транспортировки людей;
— agricultural and forestry tractors, as defined in Article 1(1) of Directive 74/150/EEC (1),
(1) Council Directive 74/150/EEC of 4 March 1974 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the type-approval of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10). Directive as last amended by Decision 95/1/EC, Euratom, ECSC (OJ L 1.1.1995, p. 1).-сельскохозяйственные и лесные тракторы, подпадающие под определение статьи 1 (1) Директивы Совета 74/150/ЕЭС(1);
(1) Директива Совета 74/150/ЕЭС от 4 марта 1974 г. по сближению законодательных актов Государств-членов, относящихся к одобрению типов колесных сельскохозяйственных или лесных тракторов (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 84, 28.3.1974 г., стр.10). Директива, измененная последний раз Решением 95/1/ЕЭС, Евроатом, ECSC (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 1/1/1995 г., стр 1)— machines specially designed and constructed for military or police purposes,
- машины, специально сконструированные и созданные для военных и полицейских целей;
— lifts which permanently serve specific levels of buildings and constructions, having a car moving between guides which are rigid and inclined at an angle of more than 15 degrees to the horizontal and designed for the transport of:
(i) persons;
(ii) persons and goods;
(iii) goods alone if the car is accessible, that is to say, a person may enter it without difficulty, and fitted with controls situated inside the car or within reach of a person inside,- лифты и подъемные устройства, постоянно обслуживающие определенные уровни зданий и конструкций, имеющие транспортную тележку, движущуюся между жесткими направляющими, которые имеют угол наклона более 15 градусов к горизонтальной поверхности и сконструированы для транспортировки:
(i) людей;
(ii) людей и имущества;
(iii) только имущества, в том случае, если кабина лифта открыта, т.е. человек может легко войти в такое транспортное средство и манипулировать средствами управления, находящимися внутри кабины или в пределах досягаемости для человека;— means of transport of persons using rack and pinion rail mounted vehicles,
- транспортные средства для перевозки людей, с использованием зубчатых или реечных рельс, по которым перемещается транспортные средства;
— mine winding gear,
- шахтные канатные подъемные устройства;
— theatre elevators,
- театральные подъемники;
— construction site hoists intended for lifting persons or persons and goods.
- строительные подъемники, предназначенные для подъема людей или людей и грузов.
4. Where, for machinery or safety components, the risks referred to in this Directive are wholly or partly covered by specific Community Directives, this Directive shall not apply, or shall cease to apply, in the case of such machinery or safety components and of such risks on the implementation of these specific Directives.
4. Когда для машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности риски, определенные в настоящей Директиве, полностью или частично покрываются специальными Директивами Сообщества, настоящая Директива не применяется или прекращает свое действие, такое машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности и такие риски подпадают под действие этих специальных Директив.
5. Where, for machinery, the risks are mainly of electrical origin, such machinery shall be covered exclusively by Directive 73/23/EEC (2).
(2) Council Directive 73/23/EEC of 19 February 1973 on the harmonisation of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (OJ L 77, 26.3.1973, p. 29). Directive as last amended by Directive 93/68/EEC (OJ L 220, 30.8.1993, p. 1).5. Когда риски применения машинного оборудования связаны с электрическими источниками, то такое оборудование охватываются исключительно Директивой 73/23/ЕЭС(2).
(2) Директива Совета 73/23/ЕЭС/ от 19 февраля 1973 года о гармонизации законов Государств-Участников в отношении электрооборудования, предназначенного для использования в условиях определенных пределов напряжения (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 77, 26.03.1973, стр. 29). Директива с последней поправкой Директивой 93/68/ЕЭС (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 220, 30.08.1993, стр.1).Article 2
1. Member States shall take all appropriate measures to ensure that machinery or safety components covered by this Directive may be placed on the market and put into service only if they do not endanger the health or safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, when properly installed and maintained and used for their intended purpose.Статья 2
1. Государства - члены должны предпринимать все необходимые меры для обеспечения того, чтобы машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, попадающие под действие настоящей Директивы, поставлялись на рынок и вводились в эксплуатацию, только если они не составляют угрозу для здоровья и безопасности людей и домашних животных, или имуществу при условии надлежащей установки и обслуживания, а также использования по прямому назначению.2. This Directive shall not affect Member States’ entitlement to lay down, in due observance of the Treaty, such requirements as they may deem necessary to ensure that persons and in particular workers are protected when using the machinery or safety components in question, provided that this does not mean that the machinery or safety components are modified in a way not specified in the Directive.
2. Настоящая Директива не ограничивает права Государств - членов устанавливать при должном соблюдении Договора такие требования, которые они посчитают необходимыми для обеспечения защиты людей, особенно работников, при использовании машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, при условии, что модификация такого машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности была произведена в соответствии с положениями настоящей Директивы.
3. At trade fairs, exhibitions, demonstrations, etc., Member States shall not prevent the showing of machinery or safety components which do not conform to the provisions of this Directive, provided that a visible sign clearly indicates that such machinery or safety components do not conform and that they are not for sale until they have been brought into conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community. During demonstrations, adequate safety measures shall be taken to ensure the protection of persons.
3. На торговых ярмарках, выставках, демонстрациях и т.п. Государства - члены не должны препятствовать демонстрации машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, которые не соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, при условии, что видимый знак четко указывает, что такое машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности не соответствуют данной Директиве, и что они не предназначаются для продажи до тех пор, пока изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не приведет их в полное соответствие с Директивой. Во время демонстраций должны приниматься адекватные меры для обеспечения безопасности граждан.
Article 3
Machinery and safety components covered by this Directive shall satisfy the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex I.Статья 3
Машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы, должны полностью удовлетворять основным требованиям по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности, изложенным в Приложении 1.Article 4
1. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market and putting into service in their territory of machinery and safety components which comply with this Directive.Статья 4
1. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, а также компонентов безопасности, которые соответствуют
требованиям настоящей Директивы.2. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of machinery where the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community declares in accordance with point B of Annex II that it is intended to be incorporated into machinery or assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by this Directive, except where it can function independently.
‘Interchangeable equipment’, as referred to in the third indent of Article 1(2)(a), must in all cases bear the CE marking and be accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A.2. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, если изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе заявляет в соответствии с Приложением II B, что они предназначены для включения в машинное оборудование или компоноваться с другим оборудованием, так, что в соединении они составят машинное оборудование, отвечающее требованиям настоящей Директивы, за исключением тех случаев, когда они могут функционировать независимо.
"Взаимозаменяемое оборудование" в смысле третьего абзаца с черточкой в Статье 1 (2) (a) должно во всех случаях иметь маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаться декларацией соответствия, определенной в Приложении II, пункте А.3. Member States may not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of safety components as defined in Article 1(2) where they are accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community as referred to in Annex II, point C.
3. Государства - члены не имеют права запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать распространению на рынке компонентов безопасности, определенных Статьей 1 (2), если эти компоненты сопровождаются декларацией соответствия ЕС, заявленной изготовителем или его уполномоченным представителем в Сообществе, как определено в Приложении II, пункте С.
Article 5
1. Member States shall regard the following as conforming to all the provisions of this Directive, including the procedures for checking the conformity provided for in Chapter II:
— machinery bearing the CE marking and accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A,
— safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point C.Статья 5
1. Государства - члены должны считать нижеследующее соответствующим всем положениям настоящей Директивы, включая процедуры проверки соответствия, предусмотренной в Главе II:
- машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаемое декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте A;
- компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте C.
При отсутствии гармонизированных стандартов Государства - члены должны предпринимать любые меры, которые они сочтут необходимыми, для привлечения внимания заинтересованных сторон к существующим национальным техническим стандартам и спецификациям, которые считаются важными или относятся к выполнению основных требований по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности в соответствии с Приложением 1.2. Where a national standard transposing a harmonised standard, the reference for which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, covers one or more of the essential safety requirements, machinery or safety components constructed in accordance with this standard shall be presumed to comply with the relevant essential requirements.
Member States shall publish the references of national standards transposing harmonised standards.2. В тех случаях, когда национальный стандарт, заменяющий гармонизированный стандарт, ссылка на который была опубликована в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, покрывает одно или несколько основных требований безопасности, машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, сконструированные в соответствии с таким стандартом, должны считаться соответствующими основным требованиям.
Государства - члены должны публиковать ссылки на национальные стандарты, заменяющие гармонизированные стандарты.3. Member States shall ensure that appropriate measures are taken to enable the social partners to have an influence at national level on the process of preparing and monitoring the harmonised standards.
3. Государства - члены должны обеспечивать принятие необходимых мер для того, чтобы их социальные партнеры получали возможность влиять на национальном уровне на процессы подготовки и отслеживания гармонизированных стандартов.
Article 6
1. Where a Member State or the Commission considers that the harmonised standards referred to in Article 5(2) do not entirely satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3, the Commission or the Member State concerned shall bring the matter before the committee set up under Directive 83/189/EEC, giving the reasons therefor. The committee shall deliver an opinion without delay.
Upon receipt of the committee’s opinion, the Commission shall inform the Member States whether or not it is necessary to withdraw those standards from the published information referred to in Article 5(2).Статья 6
1. В случае, если Государство - член или Комиссия считают, что гармонизированные стандарты, рассмотренные в Статье 5 (2), не полностью соответствуют основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3, Комиссия или заинтересованное Государство - член должны поставить этот вопрос на рассмотрение комитета, созданного в соответствии с Директивой 83/189/ЕЭС, обосновав причины такого обращения. Комитет должен безотлагательно вынести решение.
После получения такого решения комитета Комиссия должна информировать Государства – члены, необходимо или нет отозвать эти стандарты из опубликованной информации, определенной в Статье 5 (2).2. A standing committee shall be set up, consisting of representatives appointed by the Member States and chaired by a representative of the Commission.
The standing committee shall draw up its own rules of procedure.
Any matter relating to the implementation and practical application of this Directive may be brought before the standing committee, in accordance with the following procedure:
The representative of the Commission shall submit to the committee a draft of the measures to be taken. The committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft, within a time limit which the chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter, if necessary by taking a vote.
The opinion shall be recorded in the minutes; in addition, each Member State shall have the right to ask to have its position recorded in the minutes.
The Commission shall take the utmost account of the opinion delivered by the committee.
It shall inform the committee of the manner in which its opinion has been taken into account.2. Должен быть создан постоянно действующий комитет, состоящий из представителей, назначенных Государствами – членами, и возглавляемый представителем Комиссии.
Постоянно действующий комитет будет сам устанавливать порядок действий и процедуры.
Любой вопрос, относящийся к выполнению и практическому применению настоящей Директивы, может быть поставлен на рассмотрение постоянно действующего комитета, в соответствии со следующими правилами:
Представитель Комиссии должен представить комитету проект предполагаемых к принятию мер. Комитет должен выразить свое мнение по проекту за время, установленное председателем в соответствии со срочностью вопроса, при необходимости определяемого путем голосования.
Это мнение должно быть зафиксировано в протоколе; кроме того, каждое Государство - член имеет право потребовать отразить свою позицию в протоколе. Комиссия должна максимально учитывать мнение, вынесенное комитетом.
Она должна проинформировать комитет, каким образом было учтено его мнение.Article 7
1. Where a Member State ascertains that:
— machinery bearing the CE marking, or
— safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity, used in accordance with their intended purpose are liable to endanger the safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, it shall take all appropriate measures to withdraw such machinery or safety components from the market, to prohibit the placing on the market, putting into service or use thereof, or to restrict free movement thereof.
Member States shall immediately inform the Commission of any such measure, indicating the reason for its decision and, in particular, whether non-conformity is due to:
(a) failure to satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3;
(b) incorrect application of the standards referred to in Article 5(2);
(c) shortcomings in the standards themselves referred to in Article 5(2).Статья 7
1. Если Государство - член устанавливает, что:
- машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ", либо
- компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, используемые в соответствии с их назначением, могут нести угрозу безопасности людям, и, если это имеет место, домашним животным или собственности, оно должно принять все необходимые меры для изъятия такого машинного оборудования, либо компонентов безопасности с рынка, запретить их поставку на рынок, ввод в эксплуатацию или использование, либо ограничить их свободное обращение.
Государства - члены должны немедленно информировать Комиссию о любых подобных мерах, указать причины такого решения и, в особенности, информировать о том, явилось ли это несоответствие результатом:
a) неспособности удовлетворить основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3;
b) неправильного применения стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п.2);
c) недостатков самих стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п. 2).2. The Commission shall enter into consultation with the parties concerned without delay. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the measure is justified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the other Member States. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the action is unjustified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community.
Where the decision referred to in paragraph 1 is based on a shortcoming in the standards, and where the Member State at the origin of the decision maintains its position, the Commission shall immediately inform the committee in order to initiate the procedures referred to in Article 6(1).2. Комиссия должна безотлагательно провести консультацию с заинтересованными сторонами. В случае, если после проведения такой консультации, Комиссия полагает, что такая мера обоснована, она должна немедленно информировать об этом Государство - член, которое выдвинуло эту инициативу, а также остальные Государства - члены. Если Комиссия после проведения такой консультации полагает, что действия не были обоснованными, она немедленно извещает об этом Государство - член, проявившее инициативу, и изготовителя, либо его уполномоченного представителя в Сообществе.
Если решение, указанное в параграфе 1, основано на недостатках в стандартах, и если Государство - член на основании такого решения сохраняет свои позиции, то Комиссия должна немедленно информировать комитет для того, чтобы начать процедуры, описанные в Статье 6 (п. 1).3. Where:
— machinery which does not comply bears the CE marking,
— a safety component which does not comply is accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity,
the competent Member State shall take appropriate action against whom so ever has affixed the marking or drawn up the declaration and shall so inform the Commission and other Member States.3. Если:
- машинное оборудование, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют маркировку "СЕ",
- компоненты безопасности, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют декларацию соответствия ЕС,
компетентное Государство - член должно начать соответствующие действия против любого, кто поставил маркировку, или составил декларацию, и должно проинформировать об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.4. The Commission shall ensure that Member States are kept informed of the progress and outcome of this procedure.
4. Комиссия должна обеспечить, чтобы Государства – члены были постоянно информированы о ходе и результатах данной процедуры.
CHAPTER II
CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES
Article 8
1. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community must, in order to certify that machinery and safety components are in conformity with this Directive, draw up for all machinery or safety components manufactured an EC declaration of conformity based on the model given in Annex II, point A or C as appropriate.
In addition, for machinery alone, the manufacturer or his authorised representatives established in the Community must affix to the machine the CE marking.Глава II
Процедуры оценки соответствия
Статья 8
1. Для подтверждения того, что машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен составить декларацию ЕС о соответствии на произведенное машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности по образцу, приведенному в Приложении II, соответственно пунктам A или C.
Корме того, на машинное оборудование изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен нанести маркировку "СЕ" в соответствии со Статьей 10.2. Before placing on the market, the manufacturer, or his authorised representative established in the Community, shall:
(a) if the machinery is not referred to in Annex IV, draw up the file provided for in Annex V;
(b) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and its manufacturer does not comply, or only partly complies, with the standards referred to in Article 5(2) or if there are no such standards, submit an example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI;
(c) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and is manufactured in accordance with the standards referred to in Article 5(2):
— either draw up the file referred to in Annex VI and forward it to a notified body, which will acknowledge receipt of the file as soon as possible and keep it,
— submit the file referred to in Annex VI to the notified body, which will simply verify that the standards referred to in Article 5(2) have been correctly applied and will draw up a certificate of adequacy for the file,
— or submit the example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI.2. Перед поставкой на рынок изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен:
(a) в случае, если машинное оборудование не указано в Приложении IV, составить документацию, предусмотренную Приложением V;
(b) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV, и их изготовитель не выполняет, либо выполняет лишь частично требования стандартов, упомянутых в Статье 5 (2), либо, если таких стандартов не существует, то представить образец машинного оборудования для его испытания ЕС, определенного в Приложении VI;
(c) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV и изготовлено в соответствии со стандартами, определенными в Статье 5 (п. 2):
- либо составить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, и передать ее нотифицированному органу, который подтверждает получение документации в возможно короткие сроки, а также сохраняет ее;
- представить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, нотифицированному органу, который просто проверит, что стандарты, упомянутые в Статье 5 (2), были применены правильно и составит сертификат соответствия по этой документации;
- либо представить образец машинного оборудования для испытания ЕС типового образца, определенного в Приложении VI.3. Where the first indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of the first sentence of paragraphs 5 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.
Where the second indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.3. В тех случаях, когда может быть применен первый абзац параграфа 2 (с) этой Статьи должны также применяться положения первого предложения параграфов 5 и 7 Приложения VI.
В тех случаях, когда может быть применен второй абзац пункта 2 (с), должны также применяться положения параграфов 5, 6 и 7 Приложения VI.4. Where paragraph 2(a) and the first and second indents of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall solely state conformity with the essential requirements of the Directive.
Where paragraph 2(b) and the third indent of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall state conformity with the example that underwent EC type-examination.4. В тех случаях, когда применяется параграф 2 (а) и первый и второй абзацы параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие основным требованиям настоящей Директивы.
В случае, когда применяется параграф 2 (b) и третий абзац параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие образцу, прошедшему испытание ЕС типового образца.5. Safety components shall be subject to the certification procedures applicable to machinery pursuant to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4. Furthermore, during EC type-examination, the notified body shall verify the suitability of the safety component for fulfilling the safety functions declared by the manufacturer.
5.Компоненты безопасности должны подвергаться процедурам сертификации, применимым к машинному оборудованию в соответствии с параграфами 2, 3, 4. Более того, во время испытания ЕС типового образца нотифицированный орган должен проверить пригодность компонентов безопасности для выполнения тех функций безопасности, которые заявлены изготовителем.
6. (a) Where the machinery is subject to other Directives concerning other aspects and which also provide for the affixing of the CE marking, the latter shall indicate that the machinery is also presumed to conform to the provisions of those other Directives.
(b) However, where one or more of those Directives allow the manufacturer, during a transitional period, to choose which arrangements to apply, the CE marking shall indicate conformity only to the Directives applied by the manufacturer. In this case, particulars of the Directives applied, as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, must be given in the documents, notices or instructions required by the directives and accompanying such machinery.6. (a) В тех случаях, когда машинное оборудование подпадает под действие Директив по другим аспектам, которые также предусматривают нанесение маркировки "СЕ", последняя указывает, что такое машинное оборудование соответствуют положениям этих прочих директив.
(b) Тем не менее, когда одна или несколько таких Директив позволяют изготовителям в течение переходного периода выбирать, какие из положений применить, маркировка "СЕ" будет указывать на соответствие только тем Директивам, которые применялись изготовителем. В этом случае подробная информация о примененных Директивах, опубликованных в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, должен приводиться в документах, аннотациях или инструкциях, требуемых в соответствии с Директивами, и сопровождать такое машинное оборудование.7. Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative established in the Community fulfils the obligations of paragraphs 1 to 6, these obligations shall fall to any person placing the machinery or safety component on the market in the Community. The same obligations shall apply to any person assembling machinery or parts thereof or safety components of various origins or constructing machinery or safety components for his own use.
7. Если ни изготовитель, ни его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не выполнят своих обязательств по предыдущим параграфам, то эти обязательства должны быть выполнены любыми лицами, поставляющими машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности на рынок Сообщества. Такие же обязательства возлагаются на любые лица, осуществляющие сборку машинного оборудования, либо его частей или компонентов безопасности различного происхождения, либо создающие машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности для собственного пользования.
8. The obligations referred to in paragraph 7 shall not apply to persons who assemble with a machine or tractor interchangeable equipment as provided for in Article 1, provided that the parts are compatible and each of the constituent parts of the assembled machine bears the CE marking and is accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity.
8. Обязательства, изложенные в параграфе 7, не применяются к лицам, которые собирают с машиной, механизмом или транспортным средством взаимозаменяемое оборудование, указанное в Статье 1, при условии, что эти части совместимы, и каждая из частей машины в сборе имеет маркировку "СЕ" и Декларацию ЕС о соответствии.
Article 9
1. Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of the approved bodies which they have appointed to carry out the procedures referred to in Article 8 together with the specific tasks which these bodies have been appointed to carry out and the identification numbers assigned to them beforehand by the Commission.
The Commission shall publish in the Official Journal of the European Communities a list of the notified bodies and their identification numbers and the tasks for which they have been notified. The Commission shall ensure that this list is kept up to date.Статья 9
1. Государства - члены должны уведомить Комиссию и другие Государства - члены об утвержденных органах, которые назначаются для выполнения процедур, описанных в Статье 8, также как и для различных особых задач, которые этим органам предназначено выполнять, и об идентификационных номерах, предварительно присвоенных им Комиссией.В Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ Комиссия должна публиковать список таких нотифицированных органов и их идентификационные номера, а также задачи, для решения которых они предназначены. Комиссия должна обеспечить своевременность обновления списка.
2. Member States shall apply the criteria laid down in Annex VII in assessing the bodies to be indicated in such notification. Bodies meeting the assessment criteria laid down in the relevant harmonised standards shall be presumed to fulfil those criteria.
2. Государства - члены должны применять критерии, изложенные в Приложении VII, для определения органов, которые будут указаны в таких назначениях. Органы, удовлетворяющие критериям, изложенным в соответствующих гармонизированных стандартах, считаются соответствующими критериям.
3. A Member State which has approved a body must withdraw its notification if it finds that the body no longer meets the criteria referred to in Annex VII. It shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States accordingly.
3. Государство - член, утвердившее такой орган, должно отменить его назначение, если оно обнаружит, что он больше не соответствует критериям, изложенным в Приложении VII. Государство - член должно немедленно известить об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.
CHAPTER III
CE MARKING
Article 10
1. The CE conformity marking shall consist of the initials ‘CE’. The form of the marking to be used is shown in Annex III.ГЛАВА III
МАРКИРОВКА "СЕ"
Статья 10
1. Маркировка "СЕ" состоит из заглавных букв "СЕ". Форма маркировки, которая будет использоваться, указана в Приложении III.2. The CE marking shall be affixed to machinery distinctly and visibly in accordance with point 1.7.3 of Annex I.
2. Маркировка "СЕ" должна наноситься на машинное оборудование четко, на видном месте в соответствии с пунктом 1.7.3. Приложения I.
3. The affixing of markings on the machinery which are likely to deceive third parties as to the meaning and form of the CE marking shall be prohibited. Any other marking may be affixed to the machinery provided that the visibility and legibility of the CE marking is not thereby reduced.
3. Нанесение маркировок на машинное оборудование таким образом, что это может ввести в заблуждение относительно значения и формы маркировки "СЕ", запрещено. Любые другие маркировки могут быть нанесены на машинное оборудование таким образом, чтобы не мешать видимости и различимости маркировки "СЕ".
4. Without prejudice to Article 7:
(a) where a Member State establishes that the CE marking has been affixed unduly, the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community shall be obliged to make the product conform as regards the provisions concerning the CE marking and to end the infringement under the conditions imposed by the Member State;
(b) where non-conformity continues, the Member State must take all appropriate measures to restrict or prohibit the placing on the market of the product in question or to ensure that it is withdrawn from the market in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 7.4. Без ограничения применения Статьи 7:
(a) если Государство - член устанавливает, что маркировка "СЕ" была нанесена неправильно, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе будет обязан привести продукцию в соответствии с положениями, касающимися маркировки "СЕ" и положить конец нарушениям на условиях, установленных Государством - членом;
(b) если такое несоответствие будет продолжаться, то Государство - член должно принять все соответствующие меры для ограничения или запрещения поставки на рынок такой продукции, либо обеспечить изъятие ее с рынка в соответствии с процедурами, изложенными в Статье 7.CHAPTER IV
FINAL PROVISIONS
Article 11
Any decision taken pursuant to this Directive which restricts the placing on the market and putting into service of machinery or a safety component shall state the exact grounds on which it is based. Such a decision shall be notified as soon as possible to the party concerned, who shall at the same time be informed of the legal remedies available to him under the laws in force in the Member State concerned and of the time limits to which such remedies are subject.ГЛАВА IV
ЗАКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ
Статья 11
Любое решение, принятое в исполнение настоящей Директивы, ограничивающее поставку на рынок и ввод в эксплуатацию машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, должно указывать точные причины, на которых оно основано. Такое решение должно быть по возможности быстро доведено до сведения заинтересованных сторон, их также следует проинформировать о законных мерах, которые могут быть предприняты по действующему законодательству в соответствующем Государстве - члене и о сроках, в которые данные меры применяются.Article 12
The Commission will take the necessary steps to have information on all the relevant decisions relating to the management of this Directive made available.Статья 12
Комиссия предпримет все необходимые шаги для получения информации по всем соответствующим решениям, касающимся применения и распространения настоящей Директивы.Article 13
1. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the provisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.
2. The Commission shall, before 1 January 1994, examine the progress made in the standardisation work relating to this Directive and propose any appropriate measures.Статья 13
1. Государства - члены должны передать Комиссии тексты положений национальных законодательных актов, принимаемых в сфере, определяемой настоящей Директивой.
2. Комиссия должна до 1 января 1994 г. изучить развитие работ по стандартизации, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы и предложить любые целесообразные меры.Тематики
EN
Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > машинное оборудование
-
58 machinery
машинное оборудование
термин " машинное оборудование" означает:
- сборочную единицу, состоящую из соединенных частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, одна из которых находится в движении, имеет соответствующие приводы, схему управления, цепь питания, и т.д., соединенные вместе с целью специального применения, в частности, для производства, обработки, перемещения или упаковки материала;
- группу машин, которые для достижения той же цели организованы и управляется таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое;
- взаимозаменяемое оборудование, модифицирующее функции машины, которое отдельно поставляется на рынок и предназначено для установки на машине или на серии различных машин или на приводном устройстве самим оператором, при условии, что данное оборудование не является запасной частью или инструментом.
[Директива 98/37/ЕЭС по машинному оборудованию]EN
machinery
‘machinery’ means:
— an assembly of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, with the appropriate
actuators, control and power circuits, etc., joined together for a specific application, in particular
for the processing, treatment, moving or packaging of a material,
— an assembly of machines which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole,
— interchangeable equipment modifying the function of a machine, which is placed on the market for the purpose of being assembled with a machine or a series of different machines or with a tractor by the operator himself in so far as this equipment is not a spare part or a tool
[DIRECTIVE 98/37/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL]Параллельные тексты EN-RU
3. The following are excluded from the scope of this Directive:
3. Из области применения данной Директивы исключаются:
— machinery whose only power source is directly applied manual effort, unless it is a machine used for lifting or lowering loads,
- машинное оборудование, для которых источником энергии является исключительно непосредственное применение ручной силы, за исключением механизмов для подъема и опускания грузов;
— machinery for medical use used in direct contact with patients,
- медицинские приборы;
— special equipment for use in fairgrounds and/or amusement parks,
- специальное оборудование для использования в аттракционах и/или парках для развлечений;
— steam boilers, tanks and pressure vessels,
- паровые котлы, резервуары и сосуды под давлением;
— machinery specially designed or put into service for nuclear purposes which, in the event of failure, may result in an emission of radioactivity,
- машинное оборудование, специально сконструированное или используемое в атомной отрасли, которые в случае аварии могут привести к выделению радиоактивных веществ;
— radioactive sources forming part of a machine,
- радиоактивные источники, составляющие часть машин;
— firearms,
- стрелковое оружие;
— storage tanks and pipelines for petrol, diesel fuel, inflammable liquids and dangerous substances,
- емкости для хранения или трубопроводы для бензина, дизельного топлива, огнеопасных жидкостей и опасных веществ;
— means of transport, i.e. vehicles and their trailers intended solely for transporting passengers by air or on road, rail or water networks, as well as means of transport in so far as such means are designed for transporting goods by air, on public road or rail networks or on water. Vehicles used in the mineral extraction industry shall not be excluded,
- транспортные средства, т.е. средства перевозки и их прицепы, предназначенные исключительно для перевозки пассажиров по воздуху, автодороге, железной дороге, или водными путями, а также транспортные средства, сконструированные для транспортировки грузов по воздуху, по общедоступным дорогам, железным дорогам или водным путям. Средства транспортировки, используемые в горнодобывающей промышленности, не исключаются из области применения настоящей Директивы;
— seagoing vessels and mobile offshore units together with equipment on board such vessels or units,
- морские суда и мобильные береговые агрегаты вместе с оборудованием на борту, такие как танки или установки;
— cableways, including funicular railways, for the public or private transportation of persons,
- канатные дороги, включая фуникулерные железные дороги для общественного или частного пользования, предназначенные для транспортировки людей;
— agricultural and forestry tractors, as defined in Article 1(1) of Directive 74/150/EEC (1),
(1) Council Directive 74/150/EEC of 4 March 1974 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the type-approval of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10). Directive as last amended by Decision 95/1/EC, Euratom, ECSC (OJ L 1.1.1995, p. 1).-сельскохозяйственные и лесные тракторы, подпадающие под определение статьи 1 (1) Директивы Совета 74/150/ЕЭС(1);
(1) Директива Совета 74/150/ЕЭС от 4 марта 1974 г. по сближению законодательных актов Государств-членов, относящихся к одобрению типов колесных сельскохозяйственных или лесных тракторов (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 84, 28.3.1974 г., стр.10). Директива, измененная последний раз Решением 95/1/ЕЭС, Евроатом, ECSC (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 1/1/1995 г., стр 1)— machines specially designed and constructed for military or police purposes,
- машины, специально сконструированные и созданные для военных и полицейских целей;
— lifts which permanently serve specific levels of buildings and constructions, having a car moving between guides which are rigid and inclined at an angle of more than 15 degrees to the horizontal and designed for the transport of:
(i) persons;
(ii) persons and goods;
(iii) goods alone if the car is accessible, that is to say, a person may enter it without difficulty, and fitted with controls situated inside the car or within reach of a person inside,- лифты и подъемные устройства, постоянно обслуживающие определенные уровни зданий и конструкций, имеющие транспортную тележку, движущуюся между жесткими направляющими, которые имеют угол наклона более 15 градусов к горизонтальной поверхности и сконструированы для транспортировки:
(i) людей;
(ii) людей и имущества;
(iii) только имущества, в том случае, если кабина лифта открыта, т.е. человек может легко войти в такое транспортное средство и манипулировать средствами управления, находящимися внутри кабины или в пределах досягаемости для человека;— means of transport of persons using rack and pinion rail mounted vehicles,
- транспортные средства для перевозки людей, с использованием зубчатых или реечных рельс, по которым перемещается транспортные средства;
— mine winding gear,
- шахтные канатные подъемные устройства;
— theatre elevators,
- театральные подъемники;
— construction site hoists intended for lifting persons or persons and goods.
- строительные подъемники, предназначенные для подъема людей или людей и грузов.
4. Where, for machinery or safety components, the risks referred to in this Directive are wholly or partly covered by specific Community Directives, this Directive shall not apply, or shall cease to apply, in the case of such machinery or safety components and of such risks on the implementation of these specific Directives.
4. Когда для машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности риски, определенные в настоящей Директиве, полностью или частично покрываются специальными Директивами Сообщества, настоящая Директива не применяется или прекращает свое действие, такое машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности и такие риски подпадают под действие этих специальных Директив.
5. Where, for machinery, the risks are mainly of electrical origin, such machinery shall be covered exclusively by Directive 73/23/EEC (2).
(2) Council Directive 73/23/EEC of 19 February 1973 on the harmonisation of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (OJ L 77, 26.3.1973, p. 29). Directive as last amended by Directive 93/68/EEC (OJ L 220, 30.8.1993, p. 1).5. Когда риски применения машинного оборудования связаны с электрическими источниками, то такое оборудование охватываются исключительно Директивой 73/23/ЕЭС(2).
(2) Директива Совета 73/23/ЕЭС/ от 19 февраля 1973 года о гармонизации законов Государств-Участников в отношении электрооборудования, предназначенного для использования в условиях определенных пределов напряжения (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 77, 26.03.1973, стр. 29). Директива с последней поправкой Директивой 93/68/ЕЭС (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 220, 30.08.1993, стр.1).Article 2
1. Member States shall take all appropriate measures to ensure that machinery or safety components covered by this Directive may be placed on the market and put into service only if they do not endanger the health or safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, when properly installed and maintained and used for their intended purpose.Статья 2
1. Государства - члены должны предпринимать все необходимые меры для обеспечения того, чтобы машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, попадающие под действие настоящей Директивы, поставлялись на рынок и вводились в эксплуатацию, только если они не составляют угрозу для здоровья и безопасности людей и домашних животных, или имуществу при условии надлежащей установки и обслуживания, а также использования по прямому назначению.2. This Directive shall not affect Member States’ entitlement to lay down, in due observance of the Treaty, such requirements as they may deem necessary to ensure that persons and in particular workers are protected when using the machinery or safety components in question, provided that this does not mean that the machinery or safety components are modified in a way not specified in the Directive.
2. Настоящая Директива не ограничивает права Государств - членов устанавливать при должном соблюдении Договора такие требования, которые они посчитают необходимыми для обеспечения защиты людей, особенно работников, при использовании машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, при условии, что модификация такого машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности была произведена в соответствии с положениями настоящей Директивы.
3. At trade fairs, exhibitions, demonstrations, etc., Member States shall not prevent the showing of machinery or safety components which do not conform to the provisions of this Directive, provided that a visible sign clearly indicates that such machinery or safety components do not conform and that they are not for sale until they have been brought into conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community. During demonstrations, adequate safety measures shall be taken to ensure the protection of persons.
3. На торговых ярмарках, выставках, демонстрациях и т.п. Государства - члены не должны препятствовать демонстрации машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, которые не соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, при условии, что видимый знак четко указывает, что такое машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности не соответствуют данной Директиве, и что они не предназначаются для продажи до тех пор, пока изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не приведет их в полное соответствие с Директивой. Во время демонстраций должны приниматься адекватные меры для обеспечения безопасности граждан.
Article 3
Machinery and safety components covered by this Directive shall satisfy the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex I.Статья 3
Машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы, должны полностью удовлетворять основным требованиям по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности, изложенным в Приложении 1.Article 4
1. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market and putting into service in their territory of machinery and safety components which comply with this Directive.Статья 4
1. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, а также компонентов безопасности, которые соответствуют
требованиям настоящей Директивы.2. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of machinery where the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community declares in accordance with point B of Annex II that it is intended to be incorporated into machinery or assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by this Directive, except where it can function independently.
‘Interchangeable equipment’, as referred to in the third indent of Article 1(2)(a), must in all cases bear the CE marking and be accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A.2. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, если изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе заявляет в соответствии с Приложением II B, что они предназначены для включения в машинное оборудование или компоноваться с другим оборудованием, так, что в соединении они составят машинное оборудование, отвечающее требованиям настоящей Директивы, за исключением тех случаев, когда они могут функционировать независимо.
"Взаимозаменяемое оборудование" в смысле третьего абзаца с черточкой в Статье 1 (2) (a) должно во всех случаях иметь маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаться декларацией соответствия, определенной в Приложении II, пункте А.3. Member States may not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of safety components as defined in Article 1(2) where they are accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community as referred to in Annex II, point C.
3. Государства - члены не имеют права запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать распространению на рынке компонентов безопасности, определенных Статьей 1 (2), если эти компоненты сопровождаются декларацией соответствия ЕС, заявленной изготовителем или его уполномоченным представителем в Сообществе, как определено в Приложении II, пункте С.
Article 5
1. Member States shall regard the following as conforming to all the provisions of this Directive, including the procedures for checking the conformity provided for in Chapter II:
— machinery bearing the CE marking and accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A,
— safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point C.Статья 5
1. Государства - члены должны считать нижеследующее соответствующим всем положениям настоящей Директивы, включая процедуры проверки соответствия, предусмотренной в Главе II:
- машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаемое декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте A;
- компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте C.
При отсутствии гармонизированных стандартов Государства - члены должны предпринимать любые меры, которые они сочтут необходимыми, для привлечения внимания заинтересованных сторон к существующим национальным техническим стандартам и спецификациям, которые считаются важными или относятся к выполнению основных требований по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности в соответствии с Приложением 1.2. Where a national standard transposing a harmonised standard, the reference for which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, covers one or more of the essential safety requirements, machinery or safety components constructed in accordance with this standard shall be presumed to comply with the relevant essential requirements.
Member States shall publish the references of national standards transposing harmonised standards.2. В тех случаях, когда национальный стандарт, заменяющий гармонизированный стандарт, ссылка на который была опубликована в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, покрывает одно или несколько основных требований безопасности, машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, сконструированные в соответствии с таким стандартом, должны считаться соответствующими основным требованиям.
Государства - члены должны публиковать ссылки на национальные стандарты, заменяющие гармонизированные стандарты.3. Member States shall ensure that appropriate measures are taken to enable the social partners to have an influence at national level on the process of preparing and monitoring the harmonised standards.
3. Государства - члены должны обеспечивать принятие необходимых мер для того, чтобы их социальные партнеры получали возможность влиять на национальном уровне на процессы подготовки и отслеживания гармонизированных стандартов.
Article 6
1. Where a Member State or the Commission considers that the harmonised standards referred to in Article 5(2) do not entirely satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3, the Commission or the Member State concerned shall bring the matter before the committee set up under Directive 83/189/EEC, giving the reasons therefor. The committee shall deliver an opinion without delay.
Upon receipt of the committee’s opinion, the Commission shall inform the Member States whether or not it is necessary to withdraw those standards from the published information referred to in Article 5(2).Статья 6
1. В случае, если Государство - член или Комиссия считают, что гармонизированные стандарты, рассмотренные в Статье 5 (2), не полностью соответствуют основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3, Комиссия или заинтересованное Государство - член должны поставить этот вопрос на рассмотрение комитета, созданного в соответствии с Директивой 83/189/ЕЭС, обосновав причины такого обращения. Комитет должен безотлагательно вынести решение.
После получения такого решения комитета Комиссия должна информировать Государства – члены, необходимо или нет отозвать эти стандарты из опубликованной информации, определенной в Статье 5 (2).2. A standing committee shall be set up, consisting of representatives appointed by the Member States and chaired by a representative of the Commission.
The standing committee shall draw up its own rules of procedure.
Any matter relating to the implementation and practical application of this Directive may be brought before the standing committee, in accordance with the following procedure:
The representative of the Commission shall submit to the committee a draft of the measures to be taken. The committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft, within a time limit which the chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter, if necessary by taking a vote.
The opinion shall be recorded in the minutes; in addition, each Member State shall have the right to ask to have its position recorded in the minutes.
The Commission shall take the utmost account of the opinion delivered by the committee.
It shall inform the committee of the manner in which its opinion has been taken into account.2. Должен быть создан постоянно действующий комитет, состоящий из представителей, назначенных Государствами – членами, и возглавляемый представителем Комиссии.
Постоянно действующий комитет будет сам устанавливать порядок действий и процедуры.
Любой вопрос, относящийся к выполнению и практическому применению настоящей Директивы, может быть поставлен на рассмотрение постоянно действующего комитета, в соответствии со следующими правилами:
Представитель Комиссии должен представить комитету проект предполагаемых к принятию мер. Комитет должен выразить свое мнение по проекту за время, установленное председателем в соответствии со срочностью вопроса, при необходимости определяемого путем голосования.
Это мнение должно быть зафиксировано в протоколе; кроме того, каждое Государство - член имеет право потребовать отразить свою позицию в протоколе. Комиссия должна максимально учитывать мнение, вынесенное комитетом.
Она должна проинформировать комитет, каким образом было учтено его мнение.Article 7
1. Where a Member State ascertains that:
— machinery bearing the CE marking, or
— safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity, used in accordance with their intended purpose are liable to endanger the safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, it shall take all appropriate measures to withdraw such machinery or safety components from the market, to prohibit the placing on the market, putting into service or use thereof, or to restrict free movement thereof.
Member States shall immediately inform the Commission of any such measure, indicating the reason for its decision and, in particular, whether non-conformity is due to:
(a) failure to satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3;
(b) incorrect application of the standards referred to in Article 5(2);
(c) shortcomings in the standards themselves referred to in Article 5(2).Статья 7
1. Если Государство - член устанавливает, что:
- машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ", либо
- компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, используемые в соответствии с их назначением, могут нести угрозу безопасности людям, и, если это имеет место, домашним животным или собственности, оно должно принять все необходимые меры для изъятия такого машинного оборудования, либо компонентов безопасности с рынка, запретить их поставку на рынок, ввод в эксплуатацию или использование, либо ограничить их свободное обращение.
Государства - члены должны немедленно информировать Комиссию о любых подобных мерах, указать причины такого решения и, в особенности, информировать о том, явилось ли это несоответствие результатом:
a) неспособности удовлетворить основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3;
b) неправильного применения стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п.2);
c) недостатков самих стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п. 2).2. The Commission shall enter into consultation with the parties concerned without delay. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the measure is justified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the other Member States. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the action is unjustified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community.
Where the decision referred to in paragraph 1 is based on a shortcoming in the standards, and where the Member State at the origin of the decision maintains its position, the Commission shall immediately inform the committee in order to initiate the procedures referred to in Article 6(1).2. Комиссия должна безотлагательно провести консультацию с заинтересованными сторонами. В случае, если после проведения такой консультации, Комиссия полагает, что такая мера обоснована, она должна немедленно информировать об этом Государство - член, которое выдвинуло эту инициативу, а также остальные Государства - члены. Если Комиссия после проведения такой консультации полагает, что действия не были обоснованными, она немедленно извещает об этом Государство - член, проявившее инициативу, и изготовителя, либо его уполномоченного представителя в Сообществе.
Если решение, указанное в параграфе 1, основано на недостатках в стандартах, и если Государство - член на основании такого решения сохраняет свои позиции, то Комиссия должна немедленно информировать комитет для того, чтобы начать процедуры, описанные в Статье 6 (п. 1).3. Where:
— machinery which does not comply bears the CE marking,
— a safety component which does not comply is accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity,
the competent Member State shall take appropriate action against whom so ever has affixed the marking or drawn up the declaration and shall so inform the Commission and other Member States.3. Если:
- машинное оборудование, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют маркировку "СЕ",
- компоненты безопасности, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют декларацию соответствия ЕС,
компетентное Государство - член должно начать соответствующие действия против любого, кто поставил маркировку, или составил декларацию, и должно проинформировать об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.4. The Commission shall ensure that Member States are kept informed of the progress and outcome of this procedure.
4. Комиссия должна обеспечить, чтобы Государства – члены были постоянно информированы о ходе и результатах данной процедуры.
CHAPTER II
CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES
Article 8
1. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community must, in order to certify that machinery and safety components are in conformity with this Directive, draw up for all machinery or safety components manufactured an EC declaration of conformity based on the model given in Annex II, point A or C as appropriate.
In addition, for machinery alone, the manufacturer or his authorised representatives established in the Community must affix to the machine the CE marking.Глава II
Процедуры оценки соответствия
Статья 8
1. Для подтверждения того, что машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен составить декларацию ЕС о соответствии на произведенное машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности по образцу, приведенному в Приложении II, соответственно пунктам A или C.
Корме того, на машинное оборудование изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен нанести маркировку "СЕ" в соответствии со Статьей 10.2. Before placing on the market, the manufacturer, or his authorised representative established in the Community, shall:
(a) if the machinery is not referred to in Annex IV, draw up the file provided for in Annex V;
(b) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and its manufacturer does not comply, or only partly complies, with the standards referred to in Article 5(2) or if there are no such standards, submit an example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI;
(c) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and is manufactured in accordance with the standards referred to in Article 5(2):
— either draw up the file referred to in Annex VI and forward it to a notified body, which will acknowledge receipt of the file as soon as possible and keep it,
— submit the file referred to in Annex VI to the notified body, which will simply verify that the standards referred to in Article 5(2) have been correctly applied and will draw up a certificate of adequacy for the file,
— or submit the example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI.2. Перед поставкой на рынок изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен:
(a) в случае, если машинное оборудование не указано в Приложении IV, составить документацию, предусмотренную Приложением V;
(b) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV, и их изготовитель не выполняет, либо выполняет лишь частично требования стандартов, упомянутых в Статье 5 (2), либо, если таких стандартов не существует, то представить образец машинного оборудования для его испытания ЕС, определенного в Приложении VI;
(c) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV и изготовлено в соответствии со стандартами, определенными в Статье 5 (п. 2):
- либо составить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, и передать ее нотифицированному органу, который подтверждает получение документации в возможно короткие сроки, а также сохраняет ее;
- представить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, нотифицированному органу, который просто проверит, что стандарты, упомянутые в Статье 5 (2), были применены правильно и составит сертификат соответствия по этой документации;
- либо представить образец машинного оборудования для испытания ЕС типового образца, определенного в Приложении VI.3. Where the first indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of the first sentence of paragraphs 5 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.
Where the second indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.3. В тех случаях, когда может быть применен первый абзац параграфа 2 (с) этой Статьи должны также применяться положения первого предложения параграфов 5 и 7 Приложения VI.
В тех случаях, когда может быть применен второй абзац пункта 2 (с), должны также применяться положения параграфов 5, 6 и 7 Приложения VI.4. Where paragraph 2(a) and the first and second indents of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall solely state conformity with the essential requirements of the Directive.
Where paragraph 2(b) and the third indent of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall state conformity with the example that underwent EC type-examination.4. В тех случаях, когда применяется параграф 2 (а) и первый и второй абзацы параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие основным требованиям настоящей Директивы.
В случае, когда применяется параграф 2 (b) и третий абзац параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие образцу, прошедшему испытание ЕС типового образца.5. Safety components shall be subject to the certification procedures applicable to machinery pursuant to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4. Furthermore, during EC type-examination, the notified body shall verify the suitability of the safety component for fulfilling the safety functions declared by the manufacturer.
5.Компоненты безопасности должны подвергаться процедурам сертификации, применимым к машинному оборудованию в соответствии с параграфами 2, 3, 4. Более того, во время испытания ЕС типового образца нотифицированный орган должен проверить пригодность компонентов безопасности для выполнения тех функций безопасности, которые заявлены изготовителем.
6. (a) Where the machinery is subject to other Directives concerning other aspects and which also provide for the affixing of the CE marking, the latter shall indicate that the machinery is also presumed to conform to the provisions of those other Directives.
(b) However, where one or more of those Directives allow the manufacturer, during a transitional period, to choose which arrangements to apply, the CE marking shall indicate conformity only to the Directives applied by the manufacturer. In this case, particulars of the Directives applied, as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, must be given in the documents, notices or instructions required by the directives and accompanying such machinery.6. (a) В тех случаях, когда машинное оборудование подпадает под действие Директив по другим аспектам, которые также предусматривают нанесение маркировки "СЕ", последняя указывает, что такое машинное оборудование соответствуют положениям этих прочих директив.
(b) Тем не менее, когда одна или несколько таких Директив позволяют изготовителям в течение переходного периода выбирать, какие из положений применить, маркировка "СЕ" будет указывать на соответствие только тем Директивам, которые применялись изготовителем. В этом случае подробная информация о примененных Директивах, опубликованных в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, должен приводиться в документах, аннотациях или инструкциях, требуемых в соответствии с Директивами, и сопровождать такое машинное оборудование.7. Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative established in the Community fulfils the obligations of paragraphs 1 to 6, these obligations shall fall to any person placing the machinery or safety component on the market in the Community. The same obligations shall apply to any person assembling machinery or parts thereof or safety components of various origins or constructing machinery or safety components for his own use.
7. Если ни изготовитель, ни его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не выполнят своих обязательств по предыдущим параграфам, то эти обязательства должны быть выполнены любыми лицами, поставляющими машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности на рынок Сообщества. Такие же обязательства возлагаются на любые лица, осуществляющие сборку машинного оборудования, либо его частей или компонентов безопасности различного происхождения, либо создающие машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности для собственного пользования.
8. The obligations referred to in paragraph 7 shall not apply to persons who assemble with a machine or tractor interchangeable equipment as provided for in Article 1, provided that the parts are compatible and each of the constituent parts of the assembled machine bears the CE marking and is accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity.
8. Обязательства, изложенные в параграфе 7, не применяются к лицам, которые собирают с машиной, механизмом или транспортным средством взаимозаменяемое оборудование, указанное в Статье 1, при условии, что эти части совместимы, и каждая из частей машины в сборе имеет маркировку "СЕ" и Декларацию ЕС о соответствии.
Article 9
1. Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of the approved bodies which they have appointed to carry out the procedures referred to in Article 8 together with the specific tasks which these bodies have been appointed to carry out and the identification numbers assigned to them beforehand by the Commission.
The Commission shall publish in the Official Journal of the European Communities a list of the notified bodies and their identification numbers and the tasks for which they have been notified. The Commission shall ensure that this list is kept up to date.Статья 9
1. Государства - члены должны уведомить Комиссию и другие Государства - члены об утвержденных органах, которые назначаются для выполнения процедур, описанных в Статье 8, также как и для различных особых задач, которые этим органам предназначено выполнять, и об идентификационных номерах, предварительно присвоенных им Комиссией.В Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ Комиссия должна публиковать список таких нотифицированных органов и их идентификационные номера, а также задачи, для решения которых они предназначены. Комиссия должна обеспечить своевременность обновления списка.
2. Member States shall apply the criteria laid down in Annex VII in assessing the bodies to be indicated in such notification. Bodies meeting the assessment criteria laid down in the relevant harmonised standards shall be presumed to fulfil those criteria.
2. Государства - члены должны применять критерии, изложенные в Приложении VII, для определения органов, которые будут указаны в таких назначениях. Органы, удовлетворяющие критериям, изложенным в соответствующих гармонизированных стандартах, считаются соответствующими критериям.
3. A Member State which has approved a body must withdraw its notification if it finds that the body no longer meets the criteria referred to in Annex VII. It shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States accordingly.
3. Государство - член, утвердившее такой орган, должно отменить его назначение, если оно обнаружит, что он больше не соответствует критериям, изложенным в Приложении VII. Государство - член должно немедленно известить об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.
CHAPTER III
CE MARKING
Article 10
1. The CE conformity marking shall consist of the initials ‘CE’. The form of the marking to be used is shown in Annex III.ГЛАВА III
МАРКИРОВКА "СЕ"
Статья 10
1. Маркировка "СЕ" состоит из заглавных букв "СЕ". Форма маркировки, которая будет использоваться, указана в Приложении III.2. The CE marking shall be affixed to machinery distinctly and visibly in accordance with point 1.7.3 of Annex I.
2. Маркировка "СЕ" должна наноситься на машинное оборудование четко, на видном месте в соответствии с пунктом 1.7.3. Приложения I.
3. The affixing of markings on the machinery which are likely to deceive third parties as to the meaning and form of the CE marking shall be prohibited. Any other marking may be affixed to the machinery provided that the visibility and legibility of the CE marking is not thereby reduced.
3. Нанесение маркировок на машинное оборудование таким образом, что это может ввести в заблуждение относительно значения и формы маркировки "СЕ", запрещено. Любые другие маркировки могут быть нанесены на машинное оборудование таким образом, чтобы не мешать видимости и различимости маркировки "СЕ".
4. Without prejudice to Article 7:
(a) where a Member State establishes that the CE marking has been affixed unduly, the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community shall be obliged to make the product conform as regards the provisions concerning the CE marking and to end the infringement under the conditions imposed by the Member State;
(b) where non-conformity continues, the Member State must take all appropriate measures to restrict or prohibit the placing on the market of the product in question or to ensure that it is withdrawn from the market in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 7.4. Без ограничения применения Статьи 7:
(a) если Государство - член устанавливает, что маркировка "СЕ" была нанесена неправильно, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе будет обязан привести продукцию в соответствии с положениями, касающимися маркировки "СЕ" и положить конец нарушениям на условиях, установленных Государством - членом;
(b) если такое несоответствие будет продолжаться, то Государство - член должно принять все соответствующие меры для ограничения или запрещения поставки на рынок такой продукции, либо обеспечить изъятие ее с рынка в соответствии с процедурами, изложенными в Статье 7.CHAPTER IV
FINAL PROVISIONS
Article 11
Any decision taken pursuant to this Directive which restricts the placing on the market and putting into service of machinery or a safety component shall state the exact grounds on which it is based. Such a decision shall be notified as soon as possible to the party concerned, who shall at the same time be informed of the legal remedies available to him under the laws in force in the Member State concerned and of the time limits to which such remedies are subject.ГЛАВА IV
ЗАКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ
Статья 11
Любое решение, принятое в исполнение настоящей Директивы, ограничивающее поставку на рынок и ввод в эксплуатацию машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, должно указывать точные причины, на которых оно основано. Такое решение должно быть по возможности быстро доведено до сведения заинтересованных сторон, их также следует проинформировать о законных мерах, которые могут быть предприняты по действующему законодательству в соответствующем Государстве - члене и о сроках, в которые данные меры применяются.Article 12
The Commission will take the necessary steps to have information on all the relevant decisions relating to the management of this Directive made available.Статья 12
Комиссия предпримет все необходимые шаги для получения информации по всем соответствующим решениям, касающимся применения и распространения настоящей Директивы.Article 13
1. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the provisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.
2. The Commission shall, before 1 January 1994, examine the progress made in the standardisation work relating to this Directive and propose any appropriate measures.Статья 13
1. Государства - члены должны передать Комиссии тексты положений национальных законодательных актов, принимаемых в сфере, определяемой настоящей Директивой.
2. Комиссия должна до 1 января 1994 г. изучить развитие работ по стандартизации, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы и предложить любые целесообразные меры.Тематики
EN
машины
оборудование
—
[Я.Н.Лугинский, М.С.Фези-Жилинская, Ю.С.Кабиров. Англо-русский словарь по электротехнике и электроэнергетике, Москва]
машины
Машина представляет собой аппарат, использующий или применяющий механическую энергию, состоящий из нескольких частей — каждая со своими определенными функциями, которые вместе выполняют некоторые виды работ. Для целей анализа это понятие включает отдельные машины или наборы машин. См. Машины и оборудование (МСО)
[ http://slovar-lopatnikov.ru/]Тематики
- экономика
- электротехника, основные понятия
Синонимы
EN
машины и оборудование
—
[ http://www.eionet.europa.eu/gemet/alphabetic?langcode=en]
машины и оборудование
МСО
Часть основных фондов компании (предприятия), которая включает устройства, преобразующие энергию, материалы и информацию. В аналитической и оценочной практике в общее понятие М. и о. включаются отдельно оцениваемые установки, машины, оборудование и транспортные средства, подразделяемые на виды, а каждый вид – на марки (последним термином для краткости можно обозначать разные модели и модификации машины). Разные марки машин одного вида используются для одних и тех же целей: они способны производить одну и ту же продукцию, выполнять одни и те же работы или оказывать одни и те же услуги ( в противном случае их надо относить в другому виду машин), а следовательно, «взаимозаменяемы» и являются товарами, конкурирующими между собой на рынке Рынок машин каждого вида делится на первичный (новые М..) и вторичный (бывшие в эксплуатации), для которых применяются разные оценочные приемы и инструменты.. М.и о. являются главным объектом инвестирования при разработке и реализации инвестиционного проекта, и, соответственно, одним из основных элементов оценки инвестиционных проектов. Важно, что в отличие от ценных бумаг, акций, М.и о. являются объектами реальных инвестиций, а не финансовых инвестиций.
[ http://slovar-lopatnikov.ru/]EN
machinery
A group of parts or machines arranged to perform a useful function. (Source: MGH)
[http://www.eionet.europa.eu/gemet/alphabetic?langcode=en]Тематики
Синонимы
EN
DE
FR
механизм
Совокупность подвижно соединённых звеньев, совершающих под действием приложенных сил заранее определённые целесообразные движения
[Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]
машины, механизмы
Совокупность связанных между собой частей и устройств, как минимум одно из которых движется, имеет соответствующий привод, органы управления и энергетические узлы, соединенные вместе для определенного применения, например для обработки, переработки, производства, транспортирования или упаковки материалов.
Термины «машина» и «механизм» также распространяются на совокупность машин, которые размещаются и управляются таким образом, чтобы функционировать как единое целое.
Примечание
В приложении А приведено общее схематическое изображение машины.
[ ГОСТ Р ИСО 12100-1:2007]EN
DE
FR
оборудование
оборудование
Совокупность связанных между собой частей или устройств, из которых по крайней мере одно движется, а также элементы привода, управления и энергетические узлы, которые предназначены для определенного применения, в частности для обработки, производства, перемещения или упаковки материала. К термину «оборудование» относят также машину и совокупность машин, которые так устроены и управляемы, что они функционируют как единое целое для достижения одной и той же цели.
[ГОСТ ЕН 1070-2003]
-
[IEV number 151-11-25 ]
оборудование
Оснащение, материалы, приспособления, устройства, механизмы, приборы, инструменты и другие принадлежности, используемые в качестве частей электрической установки или в соединении с ней.
[ ГОСТ Р МЭК 60204-1-2007]EN
equipment
single apparatus or set of devices or apparatuses, or the set of main devices of an installation, or all devices necessary to perform a specific task
NOTE – Examples of equipment are a power transformer, the equipment of a substation, measuring equipment.
[IEV number 151-11-25 ]
equipment
material, fittings, devices, components, appliances, fixtures, apparatus, and the like used as part of, or in connection with, the electrical equipment of machines
[IEC 60204-1-2006]FR
équipement, m
matériel, m
appareil unique ou ensemble de dispositifs ou appareils, ou ensemble des dispositifs principaux d'une installation, ou ensemble des dispositifs nécessaires à l'accomplissement d'une tâche particulière
NOTE – Des exemples d’équipement ou de matériel sont un transformateur de puissance, l’équipement d’une sous-station, un équipement de mesure.
[IEV number 151-11-25]Тематики
EN
- accessories
- apparatus
- appliance
- assets
- environment
- equipment
- facility
- fitment
- fixing
- gear
- H/W
- hardware
- hardware environment
- HW
- installation
- instrument
- instrumentation
- layout
- machinery
- outfit
- paraphernalia
- plant
- plant stock
- product
- provisions
- rig
- rigging
- set-up
- stock-in-trade
- tackle
- technical equipment
- technique
DE
FR
- machine
- matériel, m
- équipement, m
организационный аппарат
—
[ http://www.iks-media.ru/glossary/index.html?glossid=2400324]Тематики
- электросвязь, основные понятия
EN
3.26 машины (machinery): Устройство, состоящее из соединенных между собой частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, один из которых движется, с соответствующими исполнительными механизмами, силовыми цепями и цепями управления и т.д., объединенных вместе в целях конкретного применения, в частности, для обработки, переработки, перемещения или упаковки материала (материал означает эквивалент вещества или изделия).
Термин «машины» одновременно означает совокупность машин и механизмов, которые для достижения одной и той же цели установлены и управляются таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое.
Англо-русский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > machinery
-
59 with
wið1) (in the company of; beside; among; including: I was walking with my father; Do they enjoy playing with each other?; He used to play football with the Arsenal team; Put this book with the others.) med, på2) (by means of; using: Mend it with this glue; Cut it with a knife.) med3) (used in expressing the idea of filling, covering etc: Fill this jug with milk; He was covered with mud.) med, av4) (used in describing conflict: They quarrelled with each other; He fought with my brother.) med5) (used in descriptions of things: a man with a limp; a girl with long hair; a stick with a handle; Treat this book with care.) med6) (as the result of: He is shaking with fear.) av7) (in the care of: Leave your case with the porter.) hos8) (in relation to; in the case of; concerning: Be careful with that!; What's wrong with you?; What shall I do with these books?) med9) (used in expressing a wish: Down with fascism!; Up with Manchester United!) medav--------medprep. \/wɪħ\/, foran ustemt konsonant også: \/wɪθ\/1) (om samhørighet, følge eller retning) med, i selskap med, sammen med, samt, og, til, i• come with us!• John, with his two brothers, arrived laterJohn, samt hans to brødre, kom senere2) (om (karakteristisk) trekk, klesplagg e.l.) med3) ( om middel eller materiale) med, for, av4) (om holdning, behandling eller fremgangsmåte) med, mot, på5) ( om ansvar) til, hos, for• leave it with me!6) ( om nærhet eller forhold) hos, her hos, blant, (i likhet) med, når det gjelder, for• what does she want with me?når det gjelder ham, kan du aldri vite• we must conclude, with her, that the forecast was optimisticvi må, i likhet med henne, konkludere med at prognosen var optimistisk7) ( om samtidighet) med, i takt med, i proporsjon med8) ( om ansettelse eller tjenesteforhold) for, hos• he works with Smith & Co.han arbeider for Smith & Co.• Mr. Smith is no longer with usHr. Smith jobber ikke her lenger9) ( om årsak eller påvirkning) av, med10) (om strid, kontrast eller skille) mot, med11) ( om motsetning) (på) tross (av), med• I like her, with all her faultsbe with someone være enig med noen, støtte noen, holde med noen• are you with me?( hverdagslig) forstå hva noen mener, henge med• are you with me?with it ( hverdagslig) moderne, in våken, kvikk i tillegg, dessutenwith that\/this dermed, med det -
60 gælde
4быть действи́тельным (о билете, законе и т.п.)der gǽlder fǿlgende régel — существу́ет тако́е пра́вило
det gǽlder om at forsǿge — сто́ит попыта́ться
* * *apply, come into effect, hold, hold good, stand* * *vb (gjaldt, gældt el. gjaldt)( være i kraft, fx om regel) hold good, apply ( fx the rule holds good in every case; the rule no longer applies), be effective ( fx the new prices are effective as from 1 January),( om lov, bestemmelse) be in force ( fx when will the new postal charges be in force?);( stå ved magt, merk) be firm ( fx the offer (, the price) is firm for 24 hours only);( være gyldig) be valid ( fx the ticket (, the permit) is still valid);( om mønt) be current, be legal tender;( angå) apply to, concern,( være møntet på) be aimed at ( fx the remark was aimed at her);[ hans første besøg gjaldt hende] his first visit was to her;[ hans første tanke gjaldt hende] his first thought was for her;[ det gælder ikke] that is not fair;[ nu gælder det!] now for it![ det gælder liv og død] it is a matter of life and death;[ det gælder hans ære] his honour is at stake;(dvs i nødsfald) in an emergency, at a pinch;( når det kommer til stykket) when it comes to the crunch;( når det drejer sig om) when it comes to ( fx politics); in the case of ( fx Britain);[ når det gælder børnene] where the children are concerned;(se også liv);[ gælde for]( anses for) pass for, be regarded as,( angå) apply to;[loven gælder fra 1. april] the Act comes into force on 1st April;[ hvad gælder denne mønt?] what is the value of this coin?[ hvorhen gælder rejsen?] where are you (, they etc) going?[ det gælder om at gøre det] the great thing is to do it; we (etc) have got to do it ( fx we've got to be careful).
См. также в других словарях:
The Case of Wagner — (Der Fall Wagner) is a German book by the philosopher Friedrich Nietzsche, originally published in 1888. Subtitled A Musician s Problem , it has also been known as The Wagner Case in English. Contents The book is a critique of Richard Wagner and… … Wikipedia
The Case-Book of Sherlock Holmes — Infobox Book | name = The Case Book of Sherlock Holmes title orig = translator = image caption = Dust jacket illustration of the first edition of The Case Book of Sherlock Holmes author = Arthur Conan Doyle illustrator = cover artist = country =… … Wikipedia
Murder Was the Case (Gucci Mane album) — Murder Was the Case Studio album by Gucci Mane Released May 5, 2009 … Wikipedia
action on the case — A common law species of personal action of formerly extensive application, otherwise called trespass on the case, or simply case, from the circumstance of the plaintiffs whole case or cause of complaint being set forth at length in the original… … Black's law dictionary
action on the case — A common law species of personal action of formerly extensive application, otherwise called trespass on the case, or simply case, from the circumstance of the plaintiffs whole case or cause of complaint being set forth at length in the original… … Black's law dictionary
The New York Times Best Seller list — is widely considered the preeminent list of best selling books in the United States.[1][2] It is published weekly in The New York Times Book Review magazine, which is published in the Sunday edition of The New York Times and as a stand alone… … Wikipedia
The Amateur Championship — is a golf tournament which is held in the United Kingdom. In the rest of the world, it is often known as the British Amateur or the British Amateur Championship . It is one of the two leading individual tournaments for amateur male golfers… … Wikipedia
The Real World: Hawaii — Title frame Format reality Created by Jonathan Murray Mary Ellis Bunim … Wikipedia
The Hershey Company — Infobox Company company name = The Hershey Company company company type = Public (nyse|HSY) company slogan = a palatable confection and a most nourishing food. foundation = February 9, 1894 [ [http://homeschooling.about.com/cs/unitssubjhol/qt/feb9… … Wikipedia
The Nine Chapters on the Mathematical Art — Not to be confused with Mathematical Treatise in Nine Sections. A page of The Nine Chapters on the Mathematical Art The Nine Chapters on the Mathematical Art (simplified Chinese: 九章算术; traditional Chinese: 九章算術 … Wikipedia
The Seal of Confession — The Law of the Seal of Confession † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Law of the Seal of Confession In the Decretum of the Gratian who compiled the edicts of previous councils and the principles of Church law which he published about 1151,… … Catholic encyclopedia
